| HXCOMM See docs/devel/docs.rst for the format of this file. | 
 | HXCOMM | 
 | HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST. | 
 | HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and | 
 | HXCOMM discarded from C version. | 
 | HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to | 
 | HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified | 
 | HXCOMM architectures. | 
 | HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C. | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(Standard options:) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h, | 
 |     "-h or -help     display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-h`` | 
 |     Display help and exit | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version, | 
 |     "-version        display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-version`` | 
 |     Display version information and exit | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \ | 
 |     "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n" | 
 |     "                property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n" | 
 |     "                supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n" | 
 |     "                vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n" | 
 |     "                dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n" | 
 |     "                mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n" | 
 |     "                aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n" | 
 |     "                dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n" | 
 |     "                suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n" | 
 |     "                nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n" | 
 |     "                memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n" | 
 |     "                hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n" | 
 |     "                memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n" | 
 |     "                cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]`` | 
 |     Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list | 
 |     available machines. | 
 |  | 
 |     For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility | 
 |     across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine | 
 |     type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types | 
 |     "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures. | 
 |  | 
 |     To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU | 
 |     version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8" | 
 |     and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to | 
 |     skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of | 
 |     QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions. | 
 |  | 
 |     Supported machine properties are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]`` | 
 |         This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target | 
 |         architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. | 
 |         By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator | 
 |         specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to | 
 |         initialize. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``vmport=on|off|auto`` | 
 |         Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says | 
 |         to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is | 
 |         off otherwise the default is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dump-guest-core=on|off`` | 
 |         Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``mem-merge=on|off`` | 
 |         Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when | 
 |         supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages | 
 |         among VMs instances (enabled by default). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``aes-key-wrap=on|off`` | 
 |         Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. | 
 |         This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created | 
 |         to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default | 
 |         is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dea-key-wrap=on|off`` | 
 |         Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. | 
 |         This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created | 
 |         to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default | 
 |         is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``nvdimm=on|off`` | 
 |         Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``memory-encryption=`` | 
 |         Memory encryption object to use. The default is none. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``hmat=on|off`` | 
 |         Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table | 
 |         (HMAT) support. The default is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``memory-backend='id'`` | 
 |         An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options. | 
 |         Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM. | 
 |  | 
 |         For example: | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on | 
 |             -machine memory-backend=pc.ram | 
 |             -m 512M | 
 |  | 
 |         Migration compatibility note: | 
 |  | 
 |         * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by | 
 |           machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration | 
 |           to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected. | 
 |         * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall | 
 |           use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option | 
 |           if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected. | 
 |  | 
 |         For example: | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off | 
 |             -machine memory-backend=pc.ram | 
 |             -m 512M | 
 |  | 
 |     ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]`` | 
 |         Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW). | 
 |  | 
 |         Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM. | 
 |  | 
 |         They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which | 
 |         may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges.  The system | 
 |         software will assign particular devices into these windows and | 
 |         configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders | 
 |         in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the | 
 |         interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges | 
 |         which may be identified by the id provided in the -device entry. | 
 |         Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when | 
 |         the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the | 
 |         target index from 0. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of | 
 |         256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is | 
 |         platform and configuration dependent. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of | 
 |         interleave. Default 256KiB. Only 256KiB, 512KiB, 1024KiB, 2048KiB | 
 |         4096KiB, 8192KiB and 16384KiB granularities supported. | 
 |  | 
 |         Example: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512k | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, | 
 |     "                sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}`` | 
 |     Define an SGX EPC section. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu, | 
 |     "-cpu cpu        select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-cpu model`` | 
 |     Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature | 
 |     selection) | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel, | 
 |     "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                select accelerator (kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n" | 
 |     "                igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n" | 
 |     "                kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n" | 
 |     "                kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n" | 
 |     "                one-insn-per-tb=on|off (one guest instruction per TCG translation block)\n" | 
 |     "                split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n" | 
 |     "                tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n" | 
 |     "                dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n" | 
 |     "                eager-split-size=n (KVM Eager Page Split chunk size, default 0, disabled. ARM only)\n" | 
 |     "                notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n (enable notify VM exit and set notify window, x86 only)\n" | 
 |     "                thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n" | 
 |     "                device=path (KVM device path, default /dev/kvm)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]`` | 
 |     This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target | 
 |     architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By | 
 |     default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator | 
 |     specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to | 
 |     initialize. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``igd-passthru=on|off`` | 
 |         When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel | 
 |         integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest | 
 |         (default=off) | 
 |  | 
 |     ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split`` | 
 |         Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full | 
 |         acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip | 
 |         reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for | 
 |         non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely | 
 |         is not recommended except for debugging purposes. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``kvm-shadow-mem=size`` | 
 |         Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``one-insn-per-tb=on|off`` | 
 |         Makes the TCG accelerator put only one guest instruction into | 
 |         each translation block. This slows down emulation a lot, but | 
 |         can be useful in some situations, such as when trying to analyse | 
 |         the logs produced by the ``-d`` option. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``split-wx=on|off`` | 
 |         Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation | 
 |         buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in | 
 |         such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this | 
 |         will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tb-size=n`` | 
 |         Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``thread=single|multi`` | 
 |         Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded | 
 |         there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of | 
 |         additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading | 
 |         where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no | 
 |         incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g. | 
 |         icount/replay). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dirty-ring-size=n`` | 
 |         When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU | 
 |         dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should | 
 |         be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but | 
 |         still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports).  4096 | 
 |         could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best. | 
 |         Set this value to 0 to disable the feature.  By default, this feature | 
 |         is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0).  When enabled, KVM will instead | 
 |         record dirty pages in a bitmap. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``eager-split-size=n`` | 
 |         KVM implements dirty page logging at the PAGE_SIZE granularity and | 
 |         enabling dirty-logging on a huge-page requires breaking it into | 
 |         PAGE_SIZE pages in the first place. KVM on ARM does this splitting | 
 |         lazily by default. There are performance benefits in doing huge-page | 
 |         split eagerly, especially in situations where TLBI costs associated | 
 |         with break-before-make sequences are considerable and also if guest | 
 |         workloads are read intensive. The size here specifies how many pages | 
 |         to break at a time and needs to be a valid block size which is | 
 |         1GB/2MB/4KB, 32MB/16KB and 512MB/64KB for 4KB/16KB/64KB PAGE_SIZE | 
 |         respectively. Be wary of specifying a higher size as it will have an | 
 |         impact on the memory. By default, this feature is disabled | 
 |         (eager-split-size=0). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n`` | 
 |         Enables or disables notify VM exit support on x86 host and specify | 
 |         the corresponding notify window to trigger the VM exit if enabled. | 
 |         ``run`` option enables the feature. It does nothing and continue | 
 |         if the exit happens. ``internal-error`` option enables the feature. | 
 |         It raises a internal error. ``disable`` option doesn't enable the feature. | 
 |         This feature can mitigate the CPU stuck issue due to event windows don't | 
 |         open up for a specified of time (i.e. notify-window). | 
 |         Default: notify-vmexit=run,notify-window=0. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``device=path`` | 
 |         Sets the path to the KVM device node. Defaults to ``/dev/kvm``. This | 
 |         option can be used to pass the KVM device to use via a file descriptor | 
 |         by setting the value to ``/dev/fdset/NN``. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp, | 
 |     "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,drawers=drawers][,books=books][,sockets=sockets]\n" | 
 |     "               [,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n" | 
 |     "                set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n" | 
 |     "                maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n" | 
 |     "                offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n" | 
 |     "                drawers= number of drawers on the machine board\n" | 
 |     "                books= number of books in one drawer\n" | 
 |     "                sockets= number of sockets in one book\n" | 
 |     "                dies= number of dies in one socket\n" | 
 |     "                clusters= number of clusters in one die\n" | 
 |     "                cores= number of cores in one cluster\n" | 
 |     "                threads= number of threads in one core\n" | 
 |     "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n" | 
 |     "      parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n" | 
 |     "      will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n" | 
 |     "      three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n" | 
 |     "      sequentially mean as below:\n" | 
 |     "                sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n" | 
 |     "                cores means the number of cores in one socket\n" | 
 |     "                threads means the number of threads in one core\n" | 
 |     "      For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n" | 
 |     "      can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n" | 
 |     "      can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n" | 
 |     "      must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]`` | 
 |     Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on | 
 |     the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional | 
 |     '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be | 
 |     added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number | 
 |     of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the | 
 |     initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them | 
 |     is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value. | 
 |     Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must | 
 |     be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the | 
 |     CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs. | 
 |     Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by | 
 |     the specific machine type chosen. | 
 |  | 
 |     To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology | 
 |     parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the | 
 |     parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported | 
 |     which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So | 
 |     for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can | 
 |     be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can | 
 |     also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be | 
 |     set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing. | 
 |  | 
 |     Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters | 
 |     must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero, | 
 |     explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any | 
 |     omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given. | 
 |  | 
 |     For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy | 
 |     (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per | 
 |     core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads. | 
 |     Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be | 
 |     automatically computed: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8 | 
 |  | 
 |     The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets | 
 |     totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads | 
 |     per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads. | 
 |     Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be | 
 |     automatically computed: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16 | 
 |  | 
 |     The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets | 
 |     totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster, | 
 |     2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters | 
 |     /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values | 
 |     will be automatically computed: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16 | 
 |  | 
 |     Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters | 
 |     when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which | 
 |     were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered | 
 |     liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores | 
 |     over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads. | 
 |  | 
 |     For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets | 
 |     of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -smp 2 | 
 |  | 
 |     Note: The cluster topology will only be generated in ACPI and exposed | 
 |     to guest if it's explicitly specified in -smp. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa, | 
 |     "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n" | 
 |     "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n" | 
 |     "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n" | 
 |     "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n" | 
 |     "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n" | 
 |     "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]`` | 
 |   \ | 
 | ``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=type[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]`` | 
 |     Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA | 
 |     distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI | 
 |     Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes. | 
 |  | 
 |     Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and | 
 |     lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a | 
 |     contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is | 
 |     omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by | 
 |     providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is | 
 |     omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them. | 
 |  | 
 |     For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a | 
 |     NUMA node: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5 | 
 |  | 
 |     '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option | 
 |     which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to | 
 |     assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of | 
 |     CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used | 
 |     machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with | 
 |     '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ ' | 
 |     property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's | 
 |     required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before | 
 |     it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option. | 
 |  | 
 |     For example: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -M pc \ | 
 |         -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \ | 
 |         -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \ | 
 |         -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1 | 
 |  | 
 |     '\ ``memdev``\ ' option assigns RAM from a given memory backend | 
 |     device to a node. It is recommended to use '\ ``memdev``\ ' option | 
 |     over legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option. This is because '\ ``memdev``\ ' | 
 |     option provides better performance and more control over the | 
 |     backend's RAM (e.g. '\ ``prealloc``\ ' parameter of | 
 |     '\ ``-memory-backend-ram``\ ' allows memory preallocation). | 
 |  | 
 |     For compatibility reasons, legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option is | 
 |     supported in 5.0 and older machine types. Note that '\ ``mem``\ ' | 
 |     and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive. If one node uses | 
 |     '\ ``memdev``\ ', the rest nodes have to use '\ ``memdev``\ ' | 
 |     option, and vice versa. | 
 |  | 
 |     Users must specify memory for all NUMA nodes by '\ ``memdev``\ ' | 
 |     (or legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' if available). In QEMU 5.2, the support | 
 |     for '\ ``-numa node``\ ' without memory specified was removed. | 
 |  | 
 |     '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an | 
 |     initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or | 
 |     largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be | 
 |     set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'. | 
 |  | 
 |     Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has | 
 |     CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that | 
 |     because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself | 
 |     and must be itself. | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -machine hmat=on \ | 
 |         -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \ | 
 |         -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \ | 
 |         -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \ | 
 |         -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \ | 
 |         -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \ | 
 |         -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2  \ | 
 |         -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \ | 
 |         -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 | 
 |  | 
 |     source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA | 
 |     distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to | 
 |     itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then | 
 |     all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only | 
 |     given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in | 
 |     the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an | 
 |     asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then | 
 |     all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions, | 
 |     even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from | 
 |     another node, set the pair's distance to 255. | 
 |  | 
 |     Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified | 
 |     resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This | 
 |     means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to | 
 |     allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively. | 
 |  | 
 |     Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth | 
 |     Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI | 
 |     Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can | 
 |     create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors. | 
 |     Target NUMA node contains addressable memory. | 
 |  | 
 |     In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is | 
 |     the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is | 
 |     'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if | 
 |     hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this | 
 |     structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches | 
 |     for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by | 
 |     this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is | 
 |     'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of | 
 |     the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is | 
 |     'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is | 
 |     'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit | 
 |     bandwidth of the target memory side cache. | 
 |  | 
 |     lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the | 
 |     possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth | 
 |     value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on | 
 |     used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means | 
 |     the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided. | 
 |  | 
 |     In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory | 
 |     belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is | 
 |     the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache | 
 |     level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option. | 
 |     associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is | 
 |     'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy | 
 |     is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes. | 
 |  | 
 |     For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has | 
 |     2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0 | 
 |     access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds, | 
 |     access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access | 
 |     memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds, | 
 |     access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information, | 
 |     NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB, | 
 |     policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -machine hmat=on \ | 
 |         -m 2G \ | 
 |         -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \ | 
 |         -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \ | 
 |         -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \ | 
 |         -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \ | 
 |         -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \ | 
 |         -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \ | 
 |         -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \ | 
 |         -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \ | 
 |         -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \ | 
 |         -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \ | 
 |         -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \ | 
 |         -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \ | 
 |         -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd, | 
 |     "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n" | 
 |     "                Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]`` | 
 |     Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``fd=fd`` | 
 |         This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is | 
 |         added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or | 
 |         stderr. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``set=set`` | 
 |         This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file | 
 |         descriptor to. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``opaque=opaque`` | 
 |         This option defines a free-form string that can be used to | 
 |         describe fd. | 
 |  | 
 |     You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd | 
 |     set: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |          -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\ | 
 |          -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\ | 
 |          -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set, | 
 |     "-set group.id.arg=value\n" | 
 |     "                set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n" | 
 |     "                i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-set group.id.arg=value`` | 
 |     Set parameter arg for item id of type group | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global, | 
 |     "-global driver.property=value\n" | 
 |     "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n" | 
 |     "                set a global default for a driver property\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-global driver.prop=value`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value`` | 
 |     Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img | 
 |  | 
 |     In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices | 
 |     which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a | 
 |     device which is not created automatically and set properties on it, | 
 |     use -``device``. | 
 |  | 
 |     -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global | 
 |     driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works | 
 |     even when driver contains a dot. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot, | 
 |     "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "      [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "                'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n" | 
 |     "                'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n" | 
 |     "                'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n" | 
 |     "                'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]`` | 
 |     Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive | 
 |     letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b | 
 |     (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p | 
 |     (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default. | 
 |     To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify | 
 |     it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter | 
 |     should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of | 
 |     devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support | 
 |     both at the same time. | 
 |  | 
 |     Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far | 
 |     as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot. | 
 |  | 
 |     A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it | 
 |     as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If | 
 |     firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system | 
 |     support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a | 
 |     BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be | 
 |     supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480, | 
 |     800x640. | 
 |  | 
 |     A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout | 
 |     ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will | 
 |     not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios | 
 |     for X86 system support it. | 
 |  | 
 |     Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports | 
 |     it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex | 
 |     options. The default is non-strict boot. | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc | 
 |         # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d | 
 |         # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds. | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000 | 
 |  | 
 |     Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its | 
 |     use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m, | 
 |     "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n" | 
 |     "                configure guest RAM\n" | 
 |     "                size: initial amount of guest memory\n" | 
 |     "                slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n" | 
 |     "                maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n" | 
 |     "                Note: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]`` | 
 |     Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB. | 
 |     Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in | 
 |     megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem | 
 |     could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum | 
 |     amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size. | 
 |  | 
 |     For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM | 
 |     size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets | 
 |     the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G | 
 |  | 
 |     If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be | 
 |     enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath, | 
 |     "-mem-path FILE  provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-mem-path path`` | 
 |     Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc, | 
 |     "-mem-prealloc   preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-mem-prealloc`` | 
 |     Preallocate memory when using -mem-path. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k, | 
 |     "-k language     use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-k language`` | 
 |     Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This | 
 |     option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes | 
 |     (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses | 
 |     display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or | 
 |     PC/Windows hosts. | 
 |  | 
 |     The available layouts are: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         ar  de-ch  es  fo     fr-ca  hu  ja  mk     no  pt-br  sv | 
 |         da  en-gb  et  fr     fr-ch  is  lt  nl     pl  ru     th | 
 |         de  en-us  fi  fr-be  hr     it  lv  nl-be  pt  sl     tr | 
 |  | 
 |     The default is ``en-us``. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio, | 
 |     "-audio [driver=]driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                specifies default audio backend when `audiodev` is not\n" | 
 |     "                used to create a machine or sound device;" | 
 |     "                options are the same as for -audiodev\n" | 
 |     "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n" | 
 |     "                apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n" | 
 |     "                use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-audio [driver=]driver[,model=value][,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     If the ``model`` option is specified, ``-audio`` is a shortcut | 
 |     for configuring both the guest audio hardware and the host audio | 
 |     backend in one go. The guest hardware model can be set with | 
 |     ``model=modelname``.  Use ``model=help`` to list the available | 
 |     device types. | 
 |  | 
 |     The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio`` | 
 |     can be used to shorten the command line length: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa | 
 |         |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16 | 
 |  | 
 |     If the ``model`` option is not specified, ``-audio`` is used to | 
 |     configure a default audio backend that will be used whenever the | 
 |     ``audiodev`` property is not set on a device or machine.  In | 
 |     particular, ``-audio none`` ensures that no audio is produced even | 
 |     for machines that have embedded sound hardware. | 
 |  | 
 |     In both cases, the driver option is the same as with the corresponding | 
 |     ``-audiodev`` option below.  Use ``driver=help`` to list the available | 
 |     drivers. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev, | 
 |     "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                specifies the audio backend to use\n" | 
 |     "                Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n" | 
 |     "                id= identifier of the backend\n" | 
 |     "                timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n" | 
 |     "                valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n" | 
 |     "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                dummy driver that discards all output\n" | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA | 
 |     "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n" | 
 |     "                threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO | 
 |     "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND | 
 |     "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS | 
 |     "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n" | 
 |     "                try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n" | 
 |     "                exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n" | 
 |     "                dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA | 
 |     "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                server= PulseAudio server address\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.name= source/sink device name\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PIPEWIRE | 
 |     "-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.name= source/sink device name\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.stream-name= name of pipewire stream\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL | 
 |     "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO | 
 |     "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPICE | 
 |     "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY | 
 |     "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                path= path of wav file to record\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global | 
 |     and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently | 
 |     for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set | 
 |     the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with | 
 |     ``out.prop``. For example: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000 | 
 |         -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified | 
 |  | 
 |     NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases | 
 |     specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message | 
 |     and continue emulation without sound. | 
 |  | 
 |     Valid global options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``id=identifier`` | 
 |         Identifies the audio backend. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``timer-period=period`` | 
 |         Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in | 
 |         microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off`` | 
 |         Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and | 
 |         convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When | 
 |         off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this | 
 |         option means that the selected backend must support multiple | 
 |         streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards, | 
 |         otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable | 
 |         this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing | 
 |         engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off`` | 
 |         Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change | 
 |         based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you | 
 |         must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.frequency=frequency`` | 
 |         Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default | 
 |         is 44100Hz. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.channels=channels`` | 
 |         Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings. | 
 |         Default is 2 (stereo). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.format=format`` | 
 |         Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings. | 
 |         Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``, | 
 |         ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.voices=voices`` | 
 |         Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs`` | 
 |         Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has | 
 |     no backend specific properties. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on | 
 |     Linux. | 
 |  | 
 |     ALSA specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.dev=device`` | 
 |         Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default | 
 |         is ``default``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.period-length=usecs`` | 
 |         Sets the period length in microseconds. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.try-poll=on|off`` | 
 |         Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``threshold=threshold`` | 
 |         Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only | 
 |     available on Mac OS and only supports playback. | 
 |  | 
 |     Core Audio specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.buffer-count=count`` | 
 |         Sets the count of the buffers. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is | 
 |     only available on Windows and only supports playback. | 
 |  | 
 |     DirectSound specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``latency=usecs`` | 
 |         Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is | 
 |         10000 (10 ms). | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most | 
 |     Unix-like systems. | 
 |  | 
 |     OSS specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.dev=device`` | 
 |         Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is | 
 |         ``/dev/dsp``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.buffer-count=count`` | 
 |         Sets the count of the buffers. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.try-poll=on|of`` | 
 |         Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``try-mmap=on|off`` | 
 |         Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``exclusive=on|off`` | 
 |         Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this | 
 |         case). Default is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dsp-policy=policy`` | 
 |         Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number | 
 |         means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use | 
 |         buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This | 
 |         option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on | 
 |     most systems. | 
 |  | 
 |     PulseAudio specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``server=server`` | 
 |         Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.name=sink`` | 
 |         Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.latency=usecs`` | 
 |         Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try | 
 |         to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend using PipeWire. This backend is available on | 
 |     most systems. | 
 |  | 
 |     PipeWire specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.latency=usecs`` | 
 |         Desired latency in microseconds. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.name=sink`` | 
 |         Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.stream-name`` | 
 |         Specify the name of pipewire stream. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most | 
 |     systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if | 
 |     possible. | 
 |  | 
 |     SDL specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.buffer-count=count`` | 
 |         Sets the count of the buffers. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on | 
 |     OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems. | 
 |  | 
 |     Sndio specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.dev=device`` | 
 |         Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default | 
 |         is ``default``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``in|out.latency=usecs`` | 
 |         Sets the desired period length in microseconds. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend | 
 |     requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so | 
 |     usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend | 
 |     specific properties. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file. | 
 |  | 
 |     Backend specific options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``path=path`` | 
 |         Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is | 
 |         ``qemu.wav``. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device, | 
 |     "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" | 
 |     "                add device (based on driver)\n" | 
 |     "                prop=value,... sets driver properties\n" | 
 |     "                use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n" | 
 |     "                use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid | 
 |     properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and | 
 |     properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``. | 
 |  | 
 |     Some drivers are: | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` | 
 |     Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management | 
 |     interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a | 
 |     watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You | 
 |     need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful | 
 |  | 
 |     The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This | 
 |     address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management | 
 |     controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore | 
 |     it. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``id=id`` | 
 |         The BMC id for interfaces to use this device. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``slave_addr=val`` | 
 |         Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``sdrfile=file`` | 
 |         file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default | 
 |         is none. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``fruareasize=val`` | 
 |         size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is | 
 |         1024. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``frudatafile=file`` | 
 |         file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data. | 
 |         The default is none. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``guid=uuid`` | 
 |         value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this | 
 |         is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it. | 
 |         Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]`` | 
 |     Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of | 
 |     locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an | 
 |     external entity that provides the IPMI services. | 
 |  | 
 |     A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this, | 
 |     it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev | 
 |     option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note | 
 |     that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as | 
 |     the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off | 
 |     the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external | 
 |     simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the | 
 |     simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network. | 
 |  | 
 |     See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more | 
 |     details on the external interface. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]`` | 
 |     Add a KCS IPMI interface on the ISA bus. This also adds a | 
 |     corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``bmc=id`` | 
 |         The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern | 
 |         above. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``ioport=val`` | 
 |         Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0 | 
 |         for KCS. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``irq=val`` | 
 |         Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable | 
 |         interrupts, set this to 0. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]`` | 
 |     Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port | 
 |     is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id`` | 
 |     Add a KCS IPMI interface on the PCI bus. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``bmc=id`` | 
 |         The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id`` | 
 |     Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]`` | 
 |     This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d | 
 |     emulation within the guest.  It supports below options: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto) | 
 |         This enables interrupt remapping feature.  It's required to enable | 
 |         complete x2apic.  Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes | 
 |         ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported. | 
 |         The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of | 
 |         kernel-irqchip. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off) | 
 |         This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device.  When | 
 |         caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an | 
 |         IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in | 
 |         a synchronous way.  It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work | 
 |         with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup | 
 |         the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off) | 
 |         This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device.  So | 
 |         far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter, | 
 |         paired with ats=on configured for the device. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39) | 
 |         This decides the address width of IOVA address space.  The address | 
 |         space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for | 
 |         4-level IOMMU page tables. | 
 |  | 
 |     Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d | 
 |     emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name, | 
 |     "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "                set the name of the guest\n" | 
 |     "                string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n" | 
 |     "                When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n" | 
 |     "                NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-name name`` | 
 |     Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL | 
 |     window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also | 
 |     optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of | 
 |     individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid, | 
 |     "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n" | 
 |     "                specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-uuid uuid`` | 
 |     Set system UUID. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(Block device options:) | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 | The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and | 
 | have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity | 
 | of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often | 
 | reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion. | 
 |  | 
 | The most explicit way to describe disks is to use a combination of | 
 | ``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to | 
 | describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the | 
 | backend describes how QEMU handles the data. It is the only guaranteed | 
 | stable interface for describing block devices and as such is | 
 | recommended for management tools and scripting. | 
 |  | 
 | The ``-drive`` option combines the device and backend into a single | 
 | command line option which is a more human friendly. There is however no | 
 | interface stability guarantee although some older board models still | 
 | need updating to work with the modern blockdev forms. | 
 |  | 
 | Older options like ``-hda`` are essentially macros which expand into | 
 | ``-drive`` options for various drive interfaces. The original forms | 
 | bake in a lot of assumptions from the days when QEMU was emulating a | 
 | legacy PC, they are not recommended for modern configurations. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda, | 
 |     "-fda/-fdb file  use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-fda file`` | 
 |   \ | 
 | ``-fdb file`` | 
 |     Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in | 
 |     the System Emulation Users Guide). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda, | 
 |     "-hda/-hdb file  use 'file' as hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc, | 
 |     "-hdc/-hdd file  use 'file' as hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-hda file`` | 
 |   \ | 
 | ``-hdb file`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-hdc file`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-hdd file`` | 
 |     Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image on the default bus of the | 
 |     emulated machine (this is for example the IDE bus on most x86 machines, | 
 |     but it can also be SCSI, virtio or something else on other target | 
 |     architectures). See also the :ref:`disk images` chapter in the System | 
 |     Emulation Users Guide. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom, | 
 |     "-cdrom file     use 'file' as CD-ROM image\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-cdrom file`` | 
 |     Use file as CD-ROM image on the default bus of the emulated machine | 
 |     (which is IDE1 master on x86, so you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` | 
 |     at the same time there). On systems that support it, you can use the | 
 |     host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom`` as filename. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev, | 
 |     "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n" | 
 |     "          [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "          [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "          [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n" | 
 |     "          [,driver specific parameters...]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]`` | 
 |     Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all | 
 |     block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block | 
 |     driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the | 
 |     most common block drivers. | 
 |  | 
 |     Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can | 
 |     be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already | 
 |     existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline, | 
 |     adding options for the referenced node after a dot | 
 |     (file.filename=path,file.aio=native). | 
 |  | 
 |     A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a | 
 |     guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property | 
 |     in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``Valid options for any block driver node:`` | 
 |         ``driver`` | 
 |             Specifies the block driver to use for the given node. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``node-name`` | 
 |             This defines the name of the block driver node by which it | 
 |             will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it | 
 |             must not match the name of a different block driver node, or | 
 |             (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive. | 
 |  | 
 |             If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated. | 
 |             The generated node name is not intended to be predictable | 
 |             and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an | 
 |             explicit node name must be specified. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``read-only`` | 
 |             Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail. | 
 |  | 
 |             Note that some block drivers support only read-only access, | 
 |             either generally or in certain configurations. In this case, | 
 |             the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the | 
 |             option must be specified explicitly. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``auto-read-only`` | 
 |             If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to | 
 |             read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or | 
 |             even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on | 
 |             whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user | 
 |             is attached to the node. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``force-share`` | 
 |             Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the | 
 |             node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where | 
 |             it would normally request exclusive access. When there is | 
 |             the potential for multiple instances to have the same file | 
 |             open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the | 
 |             second instance), both instances must permit shared access | 
 |             for the second instance to succeed at opening the file. | 
 |  | 
 |             Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``cache.direct`` | 
 |             The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``. | 
 |             This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's | 
 |             memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``cache.no-flush`` | 
 |             In case you don't care about data integrity over host | 
 |             failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option | 
 |             tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk | 
 |             but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes | 
 |             wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting | 
 |             disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most | 
 |             probably be rendered unusable. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``discard=discard`` | 
 |             discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on") | 
 |             and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or | 
 |             ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem. | 
 |             Some machine types may not support discard requests. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes`` | 
 |             detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the | 
 |             automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to | 
 |             driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even | 
 |             choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero | 
 |             write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``Driver-specific options for file`` | 
 |         This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular | 
 |         files. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``filename`` | 
 |             The path to the image file in the local filesystem | 
 |  | 
 |         ``aio`` | 
 |             Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring, | 
 |             default: threads) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``locking`` | 
 |             Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD | 
 |             / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File | 
 |             Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied. | 
 |             (auto/on/off, default: auto) | 
 |  | 
 |         Example: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img | 
 |  | 
 |     ``Driver-specific options for raw`` | 
 |         This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is | 
 |         usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as | 
 |         ``file``. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``file`` | 
 |             Reference to or definition of the data source block driver | 
 |             node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node) | 
 |  | 
 |         Example 1: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img | 
 |             -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file | 
 |  | 
 |         Example 2: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img | 
 |  | 
 |     ``Driver-specific options for qcow2`` | 
 |         This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is | 
 |         usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as | 
 |         ``file``. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``file`` | 
 |             Reference to or definition of the data source block driver | 
 |             node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``backing`` | 
 |             Reference to or definition of the backing file block device | 
 |             (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to | 
 |             pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing | 
 |             file. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``lazy-refcounts`` | 
 |             Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off; | 
 |             default is taken from the image file) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``cache-size`` | 
 |             The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block | 
 |             caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and | 
 |             refcount-cache-size) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``l2-cache-size`` | 
 |             The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if | 
 |             cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M | 
 |             on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible | 
 |             within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the | 
 |             minimal refcount cache size) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``refcount-cache-size`` | 
 |             The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes | 
 |             (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is | 
 |             specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2 | 
 |             cache) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``cache-clean-interval`` | 
 |             Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The | 
 |             interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on | 
 |             supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it | 
 |             to 0 disables this feature. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``pass-discard-request`` | 
 |             Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be | 
 |             forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if | 
 |             discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``pass-discard-snapshot`` | 
 |             Whether discard requests for the data source should be | 
 |             issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) | 
 |             frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``pass-discard-other`` | 
 |             Whether discard requests for the data source should be | 
 |             issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed | 
 |             (on/off; default: off) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``discard-no-unref`` | 
 |             When enabled, data clusters will remain preallocated when they are | 
 |             no longer used, e.g. because they are discarded or converted to | 
 |             zero clusters. As usual, whether the old data is discarded or kept | 
 |             on the protocol level (i.e. in the image file) depends on the | 
 |             setting of the pass-discard-request option. Keeping the clusters | 
 |             preallocated prevents qcow2 fragmentation that would otherwise be | 
 |             caused by freeing and re-allocating them later. Besides potential | 
 |             performance degradation, such fragmentation can lead to increased | 
 |             allocation of clusters past the end of the image file, | 
 |             resulting in image files whose file length can grow much larger | 
 |             than their guest disk size would suggest. | 
 |             If image file length is of concern (e.g. when storing qcow2 | 
 |             images directly on block devices), you should consider enabling | 
 |             this option. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``overlap-check`` | 
 |             Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image | 
 |             (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or | 
 |             finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of | 
 |             ``blockdev-add``. | 
 |  | 
 |         Example 1: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2 | 
 |             -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216 | 
 |  | 
 |         Example 2: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2 | 
 |  | 
 |     ``Driver-specific options for other drivers`` | 
 |         Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add`` | 
 |         QMP command. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive, | 
 |     "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n" | 
 |     "       [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n" | 
 |     "       [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n" | 
 |     "       [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n" | 
 |     "       [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n" | 
 |     "       [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "       [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n" | 
 |     "       [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n" | 
 |     "       [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n" | 
 |     "       [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n" | 
 |     "       [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n" | 
 |     "       [[,iops_size=is]]\n" | 
 |     "       [[,group=g]]\n" | 
 |     "                use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]`` | 
 |     Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the | 
 |     backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for | 
 |     defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``. | 
 |     In addition, it knows the following options: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``file=file`` | 
 |         This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images` | 
 |         chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive. | 
 |         If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance, | 
 |         "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file"). | 
 |  | 
 |         Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using | 
 |         protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax" | 
 |         for more information. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``if=interface`` | 
 |         This option defines on which type on interface the drive is | 
 |         connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy, | 
 |         pflash, virtio, none. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``bus=bus,unit=unit`` | 
 |         These options define where is connected the drive by defining | 
 |         the bus number and the unit id. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``index=index`` | 
 |         This option defines where the drive is connected by using an | 
 |         index in the list of available connectors of a given interface | 
 |         type. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``media=media`` | 
 |         This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``snapshot=snapshot`` | 
 |         snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the | 
 |         given drive (see ``-snapshot``). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``cache=cache`` | 
 |         cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or | 
 |         "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access | 
 |         block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct`` | 
 |         and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and | 
 |         additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for | 
 |         the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in | 
 |         ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings: | 
 |  | 
 |         =============  ===============   ============   ============== | 
 |         \              cache.writeback   cache.direct   cache.no-flush | 
 |         =============  ===============   ============   ============== | 
 |         writeback      on                off            off | 
 |         none           on                on             off | 
 |         writethrough   off               off            off | 
 |         directsync     off               on             off | 
 |         unsafe         on                off            on | 
 |         =============  ===============   ============   ============== | 
 |  | 
 |         The default mode is ``cache=writeback``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``aio=aio`` | 
 |         aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread | 
 |         based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``format=format`` | 
 |         Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the | 
 |         format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting | 
 |         an untrusted format header. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``werror=action,rerror=action`` | 
 |         Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid | 
 |         actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue), | 
 |         "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest), | 
 |         "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the | 
 |         error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is | 
 |         ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read`` | 
 |         copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read | 
 |         backing file sectors into the image file. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w`` | 
 |         Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either | 
 |         for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values | 
 |         can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum | 
 |         for disks is 2 MB/s. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm`` | 
 |         Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types | 
 |         or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike | 
 |         above the limit temporarily. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w`` | 
 |         Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for | 
 |         all request types or for reads or writes only. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm`` | 
 |         Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request | 
 |         types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to | 
 |         spike above the limit temporarily. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``iops_size=is`` | 
 |         Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops | 
 |         throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from | 
 |         circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``group=g`` | 
 |         Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that | 
 |         are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use | 
 |         this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling | 
 |         limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger | 
 |         disk. | 
 |  | 
 |     By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report | 
 |     data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host | 
 |     page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to | 
 |     correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not | 
 |     handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or | 
 |     loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption. | 
 |  | 
 |     For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``. | 
 |     This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write | 
 |     data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after | 
 |     QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that | 
 |     this has a major impact on performance. | 
 |  | 
 |     When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used. | 
 |  | 
 |     Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors | 
 |     repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow | 
 |     network. By default copy-on-read is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom | 
 |  | 
 |     Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk | 
 |         |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk | 
 |         |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk | 
 |         |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk | 
 |  | 
 |     You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd | 
 |     set: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |          -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\ | 
 |          -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\ | 
 |          -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk | 
 |  | 
 |     You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom | 
 |  | 
 |     If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty | 
 |     drive: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom | 
 |  | 
 |     Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy | 
 |  | 
 |     By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically | 
 |     incremented: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b | 
 |  | 
 |     is interpreted like: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock, | 
 |     "-mtdblock file  use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-mtdblock file`` | 
 |     Use file as on-board Flash memory image. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd, | 
 |     "-sd file        use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-sd file`` | 
 |     Use file as SecureDigital card image. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot, | 
 |     "-snapshot       write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-snapshot`` | 
 |     Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case, | 
 |     the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however | 
 |     force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images` | 
 |     chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide). | 
 |  | 
 |     .. warning:: | 
 |        snapshot is incompatible with ``-blockdev`` (instead use qemu-img | 
 |        to manually create snapshot images to attach to your blockdev). | 
 |        If you have mixed ``-blockdev`` and ``-drive`` declarations you | 
 |        can use the 'snapshot' property on your drive declarations | 
 |        instead of this global option. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev, | 
 |     "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n" | 
 |     " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n" | 
 |     " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n" | 
 |     " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n" | 
 |     " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n" | 
 |     " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n" | 
 |     " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n" | 
 |     "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n" | 
 |     "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n" | 
 |     "-fsdev synth,id=id\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]`` | 
 |   \ | 
 | ``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]`` | 
 |   \ | 
 | ``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]`` | 
 |     Define a new file system device. Valid options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``local`` | 
 |         Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``proxy`` | 
 |         Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1). This | 
 |         option is deprecated (since QEMU 8.1) and will be removed in a future | 
 |         version of QEMU. Use ``local`` instead. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``synth`` | 
 |         Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``id=id`` | 
 |         Specifies identifier for this device. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``path=path`` | 
 |         Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files | 
 |         under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``security_model=security_model`` | 
 |         Specifies the security model to be used for this export path. | 
 |         Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", | 
 |         "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files | 
 |         are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the | 
 |         guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" | 
 |         security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode | 
 |         bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For | 
 |         "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden | 
 |         .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this | 
 |         security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none" | 
 |         security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't | 
 |         report failures if it fails to set file attributes like | 
 |         ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver. | 
 |         Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a | 
 |         parameter. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``writeout=writeout`` | 
 |         This is an optional argument. The only supported value is | 
 |         "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to | 
 |         read and write data but write notification will be sent to the | 
 |         guest only when the data has been reported as written by the | 
 |         storage subsystem. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``readonly=on`` | 
 |         Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By | 
 |         default read-write access is given. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``socket=socket`` | 
 |         Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for | 
 |         communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``sock_fd=sock_fd`` | 
 |         Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor | 
 |         for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper | 
 |         like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as | 
 |         sock\_fd. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``fmode=fmode`` | 
 |         Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. | 
 |         Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and | 
 |         "mapped-file". | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dmode=dmode`` | 
 |         Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the | 
 |         host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and | 
 |         "mapped-file". | 
 |  | 
 |     ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w`` | 
 |         Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either | 
 |         for all request types or for reads or writes only. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm`` | 
 |         Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types | 
 |         or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike | 
 |         above the limit temporarily. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w`` | 
 |         Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for | 
 |         all request types or for reads or writes only. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm`` | 
 |         Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request | 
 |         types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to | 
 |         spike above the limit temporarily. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``throttling.iops-size=is`` | 
 |         Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops | 
 |         throttling purposes. | 
 |  | 
 |     -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...". | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag`` | 
 |     Options for virtio-9p-... driver are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``type`` | 
 |         Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci", | 
 |         "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``fsdev=id`` | 
 |         Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``mount_tag=mount_tag`` | 
 |         Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this | 
 |         export point. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs, | 
 |     "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n" | 
 |     "        [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n" | 
 |     "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n" | 
 |     "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n" | 
 |     "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]`` | 
 |   \ | 
 | ``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag`` | 
 |     Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using | 
 |     a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain | 
 |     directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through | 
 |     file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between | 
 |     host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests | 
 |     simultaneously. | 
 |  | 
 |     Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its | 
 |     generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``. | 
 |  | 
 |     The general form of pass-through file system options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``local`` | 
 |         Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``proxy`` | 
 |         Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1). | 
 |         This option is deprecated (since QEMU 8.1) and will be removed in a | 
 |         future version of QEMU. Use ``local`` instead. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``synth`` | 
 |         Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``id=id`` | 
 |         Specifies identifier for the filesystem device | 
 |  | 
 |     ``path=path`` | 
 |         Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files | 
 |         under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``security_model=security_model`` | 
 |         Specifies the security model to be used for this export path. | 
 |         Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", | 
 |         "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files | 
 |         are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the | 
 |         guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" | 
 |         security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode | 
 |         bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For | 
 |         "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden | 
 |         .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this | 
 |         security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none" | 
 |         security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't | 
 |         report failures if it fails to set file attributes like | 
 |         ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver. | 
 |         Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a | 
 |         parameter. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``writeout=writeout`` | 
 |         This is an optional argument. The only supported value is | 
 |         "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to | 
 |         read and write data but write notification will be sent to the | 
 |         guest only when the data has been reported as written by the | 
 |         storage subsystem. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``readonly=on`` | 
 |         Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By | 
 |         default read-write access is given. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``socket=socket`` | 
 |         Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for | 
 |         communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like | 
 |         libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as | 
 |         sock\_fd. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``sock_fd`` | 
 |         Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the | 
 |         socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``fmode=fmode`` | 
 |         Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. | 
 |         Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and | 
 |         "mapped-file". | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dmode=dmode`` | 
 |         Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the | 
 |         host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and | 
 |         "mapped-file". | 
 |  | 
 |     ``mount_tag=mount_tag`` | 
 |         Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this | 
 |         export point. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``multidevs=multidevs`` | 
 |         Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a | 
 |         9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or | 
 |         "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p | 
 |         expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and | 
 |         if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p | 
 |         export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on | 
 |         host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you | 
 |         should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to | 
 |         be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap" | 
 |         instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one | 
 |         export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original | 
 |         inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent | 
 |         such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required | 
 |         because the original device IDs from host are never passed and | 
 |         exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with | 
 |         virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files | 
 |         with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices | 
 |         on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence | 
 |         potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand | 
 |         assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same | 
 |         export, however it will not only log a warning message but also | 
 |         deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that | 
 |         "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access | 
 |         operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other | 
 |         devices). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi, | 
 |     "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password][,password-secret=secret-id]\n" | 
 |     "       [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE]\n" | 
 |     "       [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n" | 
 |     "       [,timeout=timeout]\n" | 
 |     "                iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-iscsi`` | 
 |     Configure iSCSI session parameters. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb, | 
 |     "-usb            enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-usb`` | 
 |     Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host | 
 |     controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host | 
 |     controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case | 
 |     ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice, | 
 |     "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-usbdevice devname`` | 
 |     Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller | 
 |     if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via | 
 |     ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for | 
 |     the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be | 
 |     achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the | 
 |     desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example, | 
 |     instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use | 
 |     ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse | 
 |     to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support | 
 |     PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet). | 
 |     For more details, see the chapter about | 
 |     :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide. | 
 |     Possible devices for devname are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``braille`` | 
 |         Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille | 
 |         output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a | 
 |         corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the | 
 |         ``usb-braille`` USB device). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``keyboard`` | 
 |         Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``mouse`` | 
 |         Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when | 
 |         activated. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tablet`` | 
 |         Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a | 
 |         touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse | 
 |         position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the | 
 |         PS/2 mouse emulation when activated. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``wacom-tablet`` | 
 |         Wacom PenPartner USB tablet. | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(Display options:) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display, | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPICE) | 
 |     "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_SDL) | 
 |     "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "            [,window-close=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_GTK) | 
 |     "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "            [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "            [,show-menubar=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_VNC) | 
 |     "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_CURSES) | 
 |     "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_COCOA) | 
 |     "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "              [,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "              [,full-screen=on|off][,zoom-to-fit=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL) | 
 |     "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY) | 
 |     "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n" | 
 |     "             [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     "-display none\n" | 
 |     "                select display backend type\n" | 
 |     "                The default display is equivalent to\n                " | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_GTK) | 
 |             "\"-display gtk\"\n" | 
 | #elif defined(CONFIG_SDL) | 
 |             "\"-display sdl\"\n" | 
 | #elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA) | 
 |             "\"-display cocoa\"\n" | 
 | #elif defined(CONFIG_VNC) | 
 |             "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n" | 
 | #else | 
 |             "\"-display none\"\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     , QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-display type`` | 
 |     Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available | 
 |     display types. Valid values for type are | 
 |  | 
 |     ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]`` | 
 |         Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client | 
 |         application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles | 
 |         and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0) | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dbus`` | 
 |         Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0) | 
 |  | 
 |         The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when | 
 |         already owned). | 
 |  | 
 |         ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface | 
 |         will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``sdl`` | 
 |         Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics | 
 |         window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities). | 
 |         Valid parameters are: | 
 |  | 
 |         ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling | 
 |         the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be | 
 |         either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying | 
 |  | 
 |         ``show-cursor=on|off`` :  Force showing the mouse cursor | 
 |  | 
 |         ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button | 
 |  | 
 |     ``gtk`` | 
 |         Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides | 
 |         drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control | 
 |         the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are: | 
 |  | 
 |         ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode | 
 |  | 
 |         ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying | 
 |  | 
 |         ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover | 
 |  | 
 |         ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the | 
 |                                various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and | 
 |                                virtual console character devices) by default. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``show-cursor=on|off`` :  Force showing the mouse cursor | 
 |  | 
 |         ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button | 
 |  | 
 |         ``show-menubar=on|off`` : Display the main window menubar, defaults to "on" | 
 |  | 
 |         ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size, | 
 |                                  defaults to "off" | 
 |  | 
 |     ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]`` | 
 |         Display video output via curses. For graphics device models | 
 |         which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a | 
 |         curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics | 
 |         device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not | 
 |         support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models | 
 |         support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be | 
 |         specified with the ``charset`` option, for example | 
 |         ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is | 
 |         ``CP437``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``cocoa`` | 
 |         Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface | 
 |         provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and | 
 |         control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are: | 
 |  | 
 |         ``full-grab=on|off`` : Capture all key presses, including system combos. | 
 |                                This requires accessibility permissions, since it | 
 |                                performs a global grab on key events. | 
 |                                (default: off) See | 
 |                                https://support.apple.com/en-in/guide/mac-help/mh32356/mac | 
 |  | 
 |         ``swap-opt-cmd=on|off`` : Swap the Option and Command keys so that their | 
 |                                   key codes match their position on non-Mac | 
 |                                   keyboards and you can use Meta/Super and Alt | 
 |                                   where you expect them.  (default: off) | 
 |  | 
 |         ``show-cursor=on|off`` :  Force showing the mouse cursor | 
 |  | 
 |         ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host | 
 |  | 
 |         ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode | 
 |  | 
 |         ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size, | 
 |                                  defaults to "off" | 
 |  | 
 |     ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]`` | 
 |         Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any | 
 |         graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either | 
 |         VNC or SPICE displays. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``vnc=<display>`` | 
 |         Start a VNC server on display <display> | 
 |  | 
 |     ``none`` | 
 |         Do not display video output. The guest will still see an | 
 |         emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to | 
 |         the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in | 
 |         that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic | 
 |         also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port | 
 |         data. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic, | 
 |     "-nographic      disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-nographic`` | 
 |     Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it | 
 |     displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU | 
 |     monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable | 
 |     graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application. | 
 |     The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with | 
 |     the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you | 
 |     can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console. | 
 |     Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPICE | 
 | DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice, | 
 |     "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n" | 
 |     "       [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n" | 
 |     "       [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n" | 
 |     "       [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n" | 
 |     "       [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "       [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n" | 
 |     "       [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n" | 
 |     "       [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n" | 
 |     "       [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "       [,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n" | 
 |     "       [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n" | 
 |     "       [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n" | 
 |     "       [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n" | 
 |     "       [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "       [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n" | 
 |     "       [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n" | 
 |     "       [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n" | 
 |     "                enable spice\n" | 
 |     "                at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | #endif | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-spice option[,option[,...]]`` | 
 |     Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are | 
 |  | 
 |     ``port=<nr>`` | 
 |         Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``addr=<addr>`` | 
 |         Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any | 
 |         address. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off`` | 
 |         Force using the specified IP version. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``password-secret=<secret-id>`` | 
 |         Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password | 
 |         you need to authenticate. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``sasl=on|off`` | 
 |         Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice. | 
 |         The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled | 
 |         from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' | 
 |         service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If | 
 |         running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable | 
 |         SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate | 
 |         locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods | 
 |         can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended | 
 |         that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings | 
 |         to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a | 
 |         data encryption preventing compromise of authentication | 
 |         credentials. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``disable-ticketing=on|off`` | 
 |         Allow client connects without authentication. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``disable-copy-paste=on|off`` | 
 |         Disable copy paste between the client and the guest. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off`` | 
 |         Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the | 
 |         guest. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tls-port=<nr>`` | 
 |         Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``x509-dir=<dir>`` | 
 |         Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc | 
 |         $display,x509=$dir | 
 |  | 
 |     ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>`` | 
 |         The x509 file names can also be configured individually. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tls-ciphers=<list>`` | 
 |         Specify which ciphers to use. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]`` | 
 |         Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS | 
 |         encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to | 
 |         configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be | 
 |         used to set the default mode. For channels which are not | 
 |         explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to | 
 |         pick tls/plaintext as he pleases. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]`` | 
 |         Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]`` | 
 |         Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default | 
 |         is auto. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]`` | 
 |         Configure video stream detection. Default is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``agent-mouse=[on|off]`` | 
 |         Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``playback-compression=[on|off]`` | 
 |         Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1). | 
 |         Default is on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``seamless-migration=[on|off]`` | 
 |         Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``gl=[on|off]`` | 
 |         Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``rendernode=<file>`` | 
 |         DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will | 
 |         pick the first available. (Since 2.9) | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait, | 
 |     "-portrait       rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-portrait`` | 
 |     Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate, | 
 |     "-rotate <deg>   rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-rotate deg`` | 
 |     Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga, | 
 |     "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n" | 
 |     "                select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-vga type`` | 
 |     Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are | 
 |  | 
 |     ``cirrus`` | 
 |         Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting | 
 |         from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For | 
 |         optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and | 
 |         the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2) | 
 |  | 
 |     ``std`` | 
 |         Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS | 
 |         supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if | 
 |         you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you | 
 |         should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU | 
 |         2.2) | 
 |  | 
 |     ``vmware`` | 
 |         VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have | 
 |         sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a | 
 |         driver for this card. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``qxl`` | 
 |         QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including | 
 |         VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers | 
 |         installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice | 
 |         protocol. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tcx`` | 
 |         (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default | 
 |         framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit | 
 |         colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``cg3`` | 
 |         (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit | 
 |         framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768 | 
 |         (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people | 
 |         wishing to run older Solaris versions. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``virtio`` | 
 |         Virtio VGA card. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``none`` | 
 |         Disable VGA card. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen, | 
 |     "-full-screen    start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-full-screen`` | 
 |     Start in full screen. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g , | 
 |     "-g WxH[xDEPTH]  Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]`` | 
 |     Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only). | 
 |  | 
 |     For PPC the default is 800x600x32. | 
 |  | 
 |     For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8 | 
 |     with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is | 
 |     1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use | 
 |     OBP. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_VNC | 
 | DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc , | 
 |     "-vnc <display>  shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | #endif | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]`` | 
 |     Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it | 
 |     displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU | 
 |     monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on | 
 |     VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC | 
 |     session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when | 
 |     using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the | 
 |     VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard | 
 |     layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is | 
 |  | 
 |     ``to=L`` | 
 |         With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays, | 
 |         until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is | 
 |         not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another | 
 |         application. By default, to=0. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``host:d`` | 
 |         TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By | 
 |         convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be | 
 |         omitted in which case the server will accept connections from | 
 |         any host. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``unix:path`` | 
 |         Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path | 
 |         is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``none`` | 
 |         VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change`` | 
 |         command can be used to later start the VNC server. | 
 |  | 
 |     Following the display value there may be one or more option flags | 
 |     separated by commas. Valid options are | 
 |  | 
 |     ``reverse=on|off`` | 
 |         Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection. | 
 |         The client is specified by the display. For reverse network | 
 |         connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port | 
 |         number, not a display number. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``websocket=on|off`` | 
 |         Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC | 
 |         Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the | 
 |         Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be | 
 |         specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port. | 
 |  | 
 |         If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this | 
 |         host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address | 
 |         independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port. | 
 |  | 
 |         If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection | 
 |         runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the | 
 |         websocket connection requires encrypted client connections. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``password=on|off`` | 
 |         Require that password based authentication is used for client | 
 |         connections. | 
 |  | 
 |         The password must be set separately using the ``set_password`` | 
 |         command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The | 
 |         syntax to change your password is: | 
 |         ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be | 
 |         either "vnc" or "spice". | 
 |  | 
 |         If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you | 
 |         should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>`` | 
 |         where expiration time could be one of the following options: | 
 |         now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to | 
 |         make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make | 
 |         password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for | 
 |         this date and time). | 
 |  | 
 |         You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration | 
 |         time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never | 
 |         expire. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``password-secret=<secret-id>`` | 
 |         Require that password based authentication is used for client | 
 |         connections, using the password provided by the ``secret`` | 
 |         object identified by ``secret-id``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tls-creds=ID`` | 
 |         Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the | 
 |         VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket | 
 |         and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials | 
 |         will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth | 
 |         mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created | 
 |         using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tls-authz=ID`` | 
 |         Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which | 
 |         the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object | 
 |         is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated | 
 |         on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will | 
 |         default to denying access. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``sasl=on|off`` | 
 |         Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC | 
 |         server. The exact choice of authentication method used is | 
 |         controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for | 
 |         the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in | 
 |         /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, | 
 |         an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it | 
 |         search alternate locations for the service config. While some | 
 |         SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), | 
 |         it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' | 
 |         and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server | 
 |         certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing | 
 |         compromise of authentication credentials. See the | 
 |         :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide | 
 |         for details on using SASL authentication. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``sasl-authz=ID`` | 
 |         Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which | 
 |         the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only | 
 |         resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the | 
 |         fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default | 
 |         to denying access. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``acl=on|off`` | 
 |         Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the | 
 |         x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the | 
 |         creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of | 
 |         ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these | 
 |         objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands. | 
 |  | 
 |         This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new | 
 |         ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``lossy=on|off`` | 
 |         Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this | 
 |         option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates | 
 |         depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can | 
 |         save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``non-adaptive=on|off`` | 
 |         Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by | 
 |         default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently | 
 |         updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using | 
 |         a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save | 
 |         bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings | 
 |         restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]`` | 
 |         Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to | 
 |         ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is | 
 |         implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple | 
 |         clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared | 
 |         session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default. | 
 |         'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for | 
 |         shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting | 
 |         specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely | 
 |         ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect | 
 |         unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is | 
 |         traditional QEMU behavior. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``key-delay-ms`` | 
 |         Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in | 
 |         milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth | 
 |         devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep | 
 |         up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk. | 
 |         Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or | 
 |         scripts for automated testing. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``audiodev=audiodev`` | 
 |         Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio | 
 |         transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option | 
 |         must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a | 
 |         valid audiodev. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``power-control=on|off`` | 
 |         Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power | 
 |         control requests. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
 |  | 
 | ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack, | 
 |     "-win2k-hack     use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-win2k-hack`` | 
 |     Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After | 
 |     Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this | 
 |     option slows down the IDE transfers). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk, | 
 |     "-no-fd-bootchk  disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-no-fd-bootchk`` | 
 |     Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be | 
 |     needed to boot from old floppy disks. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable, | 
 |     "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n" | 
 |     "                ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]`` | 
 |     Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from | 
 |     specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified | 
 |     files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other | 
 |     options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all | 
 |     header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table | 
 |     is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id | 
 |     fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a. | 
 |     FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the | 
 |     Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios, | 
 |     "-smbios file=binary\n" | 
 |     "                load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n" | 
 |     "              [,uefi=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" | 
 |     "              [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" | 
 |     "              [,asset=str][,location=str]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n" | 
 |     "              [,sku=str]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" | 
 |     "              [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n" | 
 |     "              [,processor-id=%d]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=8[,external_reference=str][,internal_reference=str][,connector_type=%d][,port_type=%d]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 8 fields\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n" | 
 |     "               [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n" | 
 |     "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n" | 
 |     "                specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_LOONGARCH) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-smbios file=binary`` | 
 |     Load SMBIOS entry from binary file. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]`` | 
 |     Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields | 
 |  | 
 | ``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]`` | 
 |     Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields | 
 |  | 
 | ``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]`` | 
 |     Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields | 
 |  | 
 | ``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]`` | 
 |     Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields | 
 |  | 
 | ``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-id=%d]`` | 
 |     Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields | 
 |  | 
 | ``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]`` | 
 |     Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields | 
 |  | 
 |     This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed. | 
 |     Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as | 
 |     a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications | 
 |     concurrently. | 
 |  | 
 |     The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax | 
 |     loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes. | 
 |  | 
 |     Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to | 
 |     the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear. | 
 |  | 
 |     Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535 | 
 |     bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the | 
 |     guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real | 
 |     data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device. | 
 |  | 
 |     An example passing three strings is | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\ | 
 |                         value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\ | 
 |                         path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt | 
 |  | 
 |     In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command | 
 |  | 
 |      .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |          $ dmidecode -t 11 | 
 |          Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes | 
 |          OEM Strings | 
 |               String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/ | 
 |               String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os | 
 |               String 3: myapp:some extra data | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | ``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]`` | 
 |     Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields | 
 |  | 
 | ``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]`` | 
 |     Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields | 
 |  | 
 |     This argument can be repeated multiple times.  Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created | 
 |     as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface | 
 |     position on the PCI bus. | 
 |  | 
 |     Here is an example of use: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         -netdev user,id=internet \\ | 
 |         -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\ | 
 |         -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev | 
 |  | 
 |     In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``: | 
 |  | 
 |     ..parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |          $ ip -brief l | 
 |          lo               UNKNOWN        00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> | 
 |          eno1             UP             50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> | 
 |  | 
 |     Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(Network options:) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev, | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP | 
 |     "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n" | 
 |     "         [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n" | 
 |     "         [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n" | 
 |     "         [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n" | 
 |     "         [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]" | 
 | #ifndef _WIN32 | 
 |                                              "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     "                configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n" | 
 |     "                its DHCP server and optional services\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef _WIN32 | 
 |     "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n" | 
 |     "                configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n" | 
 | #else | 
 |     "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n" | 
 |     "         [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "         [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n" | 
 |     "         [,poll-us=n]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n" | 
 |     "                connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n" | 
 |     "                use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n" | 
 |     "                to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n" | 
 |     "                to deconfigure it\n" | 
 |     "                use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n" | 
 |     "                use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n" | 
 |     "                configure it\n" | 
 |     "                use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n" | 
 |     "                use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n" | 
 |     "                use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n" | 
 |     "                default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n" | 
 |     "                use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n" | 
 |     "                use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n" | 
 |     "                use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n" | 
 |     "                    (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n" | 
 |     "                use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n" | 
 |     "                use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n" | 
 |     "                use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n" | 
 |     "                use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n" | 
 |     "                use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n" | 
 |     "                spent on busy polling for vhost net\n" | 
 |     "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n" | 
 |     "                connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n" | 
 |     "                using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef __linux__ | 
 |     "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n" | 
 |     "         [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "         [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n" | 
 |     "         [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n" | 
 |     "                an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n" | 
 |     "                Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n" | 
 |     "                L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n" | 
 |     "                VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n" | 
 |     "                standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n" | 
 |     "                pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n" | 
 |     "                use 'src=' to specify source address\n" | 
 |     "                use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n" | 
 |     "                use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n" | 
 |     "                use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n" | 
 |     "                use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n" | 
 |     "                use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n" | 
 |     "                L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n" | 
 |     "                well as a weak security measure\n" | 
 |     "                use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n" | 
 |     "                use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n" | 
 |     "                use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n" | 
 |     "                use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n" | 
 |     "                use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n" | 
 |     "                use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" | 
 |     "                using a socket connection\n" | 
 |     "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n" | 
 |     "                use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n" | 
 |     "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" | 
 |     "                using an UDP tunnel\n" | 
 |     "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n" | 
 |     "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n" | 
 |     "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect=seconds]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" | 
 |     "                using a socket connection in stream mode.\n" | 
 |     "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]\n" | 
 |     "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n" | 
 |     "                use ``local.host=addr`` to specify the host address to send packets from\n" | 
 |     "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]\n" | 
 |     "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]\n" | 
 |     "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor\n" | 
 |     "                configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" | 
 |     "                using an UDP tunnel\n" | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE | 
 |     "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n" | 
 |     "                running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n" | 
 |     "                Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n" | 
 |     "                ownership and permissions for communication port.\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP | 
 |     "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n" | 
 |     "                attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n" | 
 |     "                VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n" | 
 |     "                netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP | 
 |     "-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "         [,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]\n" | 
 |     "                attach to the existing network interface 'name' with AF_XDP socket\n" | 
 |     "                use 'mode=MODE' to specify an XDP program attach mode\n" | 
 |     "                use 'force-copy=on|off' to force XDP copy mode even if device supports zero-copy (default: off)\n" | 
 |     "                use 'inhibit=on|off' to inhibit loading of a default XDP program (default: off)\n" | 
 |     "                with inhibit=on,\n" | 
 |     "                  use 'sock-fds' to provide file descriptors for already open AF_XDP sockets\n" | 
 |     "                  added to a socket map in XDP program.  One socket per queue.\n" | 
 |     "                use 'queues=n' to specify how many queues of a multiqueue interface should be used\n" | 
 |     "                use 'start-queue=m' to specify the first queue that should be used\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_POSIX | 
 |     "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef __linux__ | 
 |     "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n" | 
 |     "                use 'vhostdev=/path/to/dev' to open a vhost vdpa device\n" | 
 |     "                use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost vdpa device\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_VMNET | 
 |     "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n" | 
 |     "         [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n" | 
 |     "                isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n" | 
 |     "                configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n" | 
 |     "                specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n" | 
 |     "                vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n" | 
 |     "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n" | 
 |     "         [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n" | 
 |     "                configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n" | 
 |     "                set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n" | 
 |     "                isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n" | 
 |     "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n" | 
 |     "                use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n" | 
 |     "                isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n" | 
 |     "                configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic, | 
 |     "-nic [tap|bridge|" | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP | 
 |     "user|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef __linux__ | 
 |     "l2tpv3|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE | 
 |     "vde|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP | 
 |     "netmap|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP | 
 |     "af-xdp|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_POSIX | 
 |     "vhost-user|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_VMNET | 
 |     "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n" | 
 |     "                initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n" | 
 |     "                macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n" | 
 |     "-nic none       use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n" | 
 |     "                provided a 'user' network connection)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net, | 
 |     "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n" | 
 |     "                configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n" | 
 |     "                connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n" | 
 |     "-net [" | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP | 
 |     "user|" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     "tap|" | 
 |     "bridge|" | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE | 
 |     "vde|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP | 
 |     "netmap|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP | 
 |     "af-xdp|" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_VMNET | 
 |     "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n" | 
 |     "                old way to initialize a host network interface\n" | 
 |     "                (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|af-xdp|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]`` | 
 |     This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board | 
 |     (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go. | 
 |     The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding | 
 |     ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with | 
 |     ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device | 
 |     types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``. | 
 |  | 
 |     The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic`` | 
 |     can be used to shorten the command line length: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32 | 
 |         |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32 | 
 |  | 
 | ``-nic none`` | 
 |     Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to | 
 |     override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host | 
 |     network backend) which is activated if no other networking options | 
 |     are provided. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]`` | 
 |     Configure user mode host network backend which requires no | 
 |     administrator privilege to run. Valid options are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``id=id`` | 
 |         Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off`` | 
 |         Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is | 
 |         specified both protocols are enabled. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``net=addr[/mask]`` | 
 |         Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify | 
 |         the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid | 
 |         top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``host=addr`` | 
 |         Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the | 
 |         2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]`` | 
 |         Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is | 
 |         fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal | 
 |         IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given | 
 |         as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``ipv6-host=addr`` | 
 |         Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is | 
 |         the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``restrict=on|off`` | 
 |         If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it | 
 |         will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets | 
 |         will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does | 
 |         not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``hostname=name`` | 
 |         Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP | 
 |         server. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dhcpstart=addr`` | 
 |         Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can | 
 |         assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network, | 
 |         i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dns=addr`` | 
 |         Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The | 
 |         address must be different from the host address. Default is the | 
 |         3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``ipv6-dns=addr`` | 
 |         Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual | 
 |         nameserver. The address must be different from the host address. | 
 |         Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dnssearch=domain`` | 
 |         Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the | 
 |         built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be | 
 |         transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If | 
 |         supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to | 
 |         append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not | 
 |         be resolved. | 
 |  | 
 |         Example: | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |             |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org | 
 |  | 
 |     ``domainname=domain`` | 
 |         Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP | 
 |         server. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tftp=dir`` | 
 |         When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP | 
 |         server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP | 
 |         server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in | 
 |         binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tftp-server-name=name`` | 
 |         In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name" | 
 |         (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to | 
 |         load boot files or configurations from a different server than | 
 |         the host address. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``bootfile=file`` | 
 |         When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the | 
 |         BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used | 
 |         to network boot a guest from a local directory. | 
 |  | 
 |         Example (using pxelinux): | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |             |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\ | 
 |                 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0 | 
 |  | 
 |     ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]`` | 
 |         When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB | 
 |         server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in | 
 |         ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be | 
 |         set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used, | 
 |         i.e. x.x.x.4. | 
 |  | 
 |         In the guest Windows OS, the line: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             10.0.2.4 smbserver | 
 |  | 
 |         must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows | 
 |         9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows | 
 |         NT/2000). | 
 |  | 
 |         Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``. | 
 |  | 
 |         Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport`` | 
 |         Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port | 
 |         hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port | 
 |         guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15 | 
 |         (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By | 
 |         specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host | 
 |         interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This | 
 |         option can be given multiple times. | 
 |  | 
 |         For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to | 
 |         guest screen 0, use the following: | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |             # on the host | 
 |             |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000 | 
 |             # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server | 
 |             xterm -display :1 | 
 |  | 
 |         To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet | 
 |         port on the guest, use the following: | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |             # on the host | 
 |             |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23 | 
 |             telnet localhost 5555 | 
 |  | 
 |         Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you | 
 |         connect to the guest telnet server. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command`` | 
 |         Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port | 
 |         port to the character device dev or to a program executed by | 
 |         cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option | 
 |         can be given multiple times. | 
 |  | 
 |         You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used | 
 |         throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example: | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |             # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever | 
 |             # the guest accesses it | 
 |             |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321 | 
 |  | 
 |         Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established | 
 |         by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process | 
 |         for that virtual server: | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |             # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234 | 
 |             # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout | 
 |             |qemu_system| -nic  'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321' | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]`` | 
 |     Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id. | 
 |  | 
 |     Use the network script file to configure it and the network script | 
 |     dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS | 
 |     automatically provides one. The default network configure script is | 
 |     ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is | 
 |     ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to | 
 |     disable script execution. | 
 |  | 
 |     If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper | 
 |     to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge. | 
 |     The default network helper executable is | 
 |     ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is | 
 |     ``br0``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened | 
 |     host TAP interface. | 
 |  | 
 |     Examples: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected | 
 |         #to a TAP device | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
 |                 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\ | 
 |                 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1 | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to | 
 |         #connect a TAP device to bridge br0 | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\ | 
 |                 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper" | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]`` | 
 |     Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device. | 
 |  | 
 |     Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and | 
 |     attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is | 
 |     ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is | 
 |     ``br0``. | 
 |  | 
 |     Examples: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to | 
 |         #connect a TAP device to bridge br0 | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1 | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to | 
 |         #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0 | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1 | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]`` | 
 |     This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network | 
 |     to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If | 
 |     ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port | 
 |     (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU | 
 |     instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an | 
 |     already opened TCP socket. | 
 |  | 
 |     Example: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         # launch a first QEMU instance | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
 |                          -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
 |                          -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234 | 
 |         # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
 |                          -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\ | 
 |                          -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234 | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]`` | 
 |     Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network | 
 |     traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast | 
 |     socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast | 
 |     address maddr and port. NOTES: | 
 |  | 
 |     1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus | 
 |        (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts). | 
 |  | 
 |     2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument | 
 |        ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net. | 
 |  | 
 |     3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket. | 
 |  | 
 |     Example: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         # launch one QEMU instance | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
 |                          -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
 |                          -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 | 
 |         # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus" | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
 |                          -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\ | 
 |                          -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 | 
 |         # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus" | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
 |                          -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\ | 
 |                          -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 | 
 |  | 
 |     Example (User Mode Linux compat.): | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default) | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
 |                          -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
 |                          -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102 | 
 |         # launch UML | 
 |         /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast | 
 |  | 
 |     Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4): | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img \\ | 
 |                          -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\ | 
 |                          -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4 | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]`` | 
 |     Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931) | 
 |     is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data | 
 |     frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and | 
 |     the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards). | 
 |  | 
 |     This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or | 
 |     firewall directly. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``src=srcaddr`` | 
 |         source address (mandatory) | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dst=dstaddr`` | 
 |         destination address (mandatory) | 
 |  | 
 |     ``udp`` | 
 |         select udp encapsulation (default is ip). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``srcport=srcport`` | 
 |         source udp port. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``dstport=dstport`` | 
 |         destination udp port. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``ipv6`` | 
 |         force v6, otherwise defaults to v4. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie`` | 
 |         Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification. | 
 |         Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default | 
 |         they are 32 bit. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``cookie64`` | 
 |         Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32 | 
 |  | 
 |     ``counter=off`` | 
 |         Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in | 
 |         draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00 | 
 |  | 
 |     ``pincounter=on`` | 
 |         Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help | 
 |         on networks which have packet reorder. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``offset=offset`` | 
 |         Add an extra offset between header and data | 
 |  | 
 |     For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to | 
 |     the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation | 
 |         # on 1.2.3.4 | 
 |         ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\ | 
 |             encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384 | 
 |         ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\ | 
 |             0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF | 
 |         ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500 | 
 |         ifconfig vmtunnel0 up | 
 |         brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0 | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |         # on 4.3.2.1 | 
 |         # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\ | 
 |             -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]`` | 
 |     Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running | 
 |     on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use | 
 |     GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and | 
 |     permissions for communication port. This option is only available if | 
 |     QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled. | 
 |  | 
 |     Example: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         # launch vde switch | 
 |         vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch | 
 |         # launch QEMU instance | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off][,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]`` | 
 |     Configure AF_XDP backend to connect to a network interface 'name' | 
 |     using AF_XDP socket.  A specific program attach mode for a default | 
 |     XDP program can be forced with 'mode', defaults to best-effort, | 
 |     where the likely most performant mode will be in use.  Number of queues | 
 |     'n' should generally match the number or queues in the interface, | 
 |     defaults to 1.  Traffic arriving on non-configured device queues will | 
 |     not be delivered to the network backend. | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         # set number of queues to 4 | 
 |         ethtool -L eth0 combined 4 | 
 |         # launch QEMU instance | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\ | 
 |             -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=4 | 
 |  | 
 |     'start-queue' option can be specified if a particular range of queues | 
 |     [m, m + n] should be in use.  For example, this is may be necessary in | 
 |     order to use certain NICs in native mode.  Kernel allows the driver to | 
 |     create a separate set of XDP queues on top of regular ones, and only | 
 |     these queues can be used for AF_XDP sockets.  NICs that work this way | 
 |     may also require an additional traffic redirection with ethtool to these | 
 |     special queues. | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         # set number of queues to 1 | 
 |         ethtool -L eth0 combined 1 | 
 |         # redirect all the traffic to the second queue (id: 1) | 
 |         # note: drivers may require non-empty key/mask pair. | 
 |         ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\ | 
 |             dst 00:00:00:00:00:00 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1 | 
 |         ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\ | 
 |             dst 00:00:00:00:00:01 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1 | 
 |         # launch QEMU instance | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\ | 
 |             -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=1,start-queue=1 | 
 |  | 
 |     XDP program can also be loaded externally.  In this case 'inhibit' option | 
 |     should be set to 'on' and 'sock-fds' provided with file descriptors for | 
 |     already open but not bound XDP sockets already added to a socket map for | 
 |     corresponding queues.  One socket per queue. | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\ | 
 |             -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=3,inhibit=on,sock-fds=15:16:17 | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]`` | 
 |     Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev | 
 |     should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a | 
 |     specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement | 
 |     messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On | 
 |     non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use | 
 |     'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for | 
 |     multiqueue vhost-user. | 
 |  | 
 |     Example: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \ | 
 |              -numa node,memdev=mem \ | 
 |              -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \ | 
 |              -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \ | 
 |              -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0 | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev vhost-vdpa[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]`` | 
 |     Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev. | 
 |  | 
 |     vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with | 
 |     the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path. | 
 |     vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or | 
 |     emulated by software. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]`` | 
 |     Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid. | 
 |  | 
 |     The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub | 
 |     instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the | 
 |     hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd`` | 
 |     option. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]`` | 
 |     Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine | 
 |     default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the | 
 |     emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd. | 
 |     If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the | 
 |     machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in | 
 |     future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify | 
 |     a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the | 
 |     device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be | 
 |     assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you | 
 |     can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have; | 
 |     this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to | 
 |     disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is | 
 |     created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card. | 
 |     Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your | 
 |     target. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]`` | 
 |     Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to | 
 |     the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0 | 
 |     (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(Character device options:) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev, | 
 |     "-chardev help\n" | 
 |     "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "         [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "         [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n" | 
 |     "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n" | 
 |     "         [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n" | 
 |     "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n" | 
 |     "         [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "         [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n" | 
 |     "         [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-file][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 | #ifdef _WIN32 | 
 |     "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 | #else | 
 |     "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI | 
 |     "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ | 
 |         || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) | 
 |     "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) | 
 |     "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPICE) | 
 |     "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" | 
 | #endif | 
 |     , QEMU_ARCH_ALL | 
 | ) | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 | The general form of a character device option is: | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]`` | 
 |     Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``, | 
 |     ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``, | 
 |     ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``parallel``, | 
 |     ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the | 
 |     applicable options. | 
 |  | 
 |     Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types. | 
 |  | 
 |     All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127 | 
 |     characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in | 
 |     other command line directives. | 
 |  | 
 |     A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple | 
 |     front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is | 
 |     a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev | 
 |     backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk | 
 |     to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and | 
 |     ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID, | 
 |     and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev | 
 |     ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be | 
 |     connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing | 
 |     enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For | 
 |     instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be | 
 |     used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \ | 
 |         -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \ | 
 |         -serial chardev:char0 \ | 
 |         -serial chardev:char0 | 
 |  | 
 |     You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration; | 
 |     for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0 | 
 |     and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a | 
 |     parallel port: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \ | 
 |         -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \ | 
 |         -parallel chardev:char0 \ | 
 |         -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \ | 
 |         -serial chardev:char1 \ | 
 |         -serial chardev:char1 | 
 |  | 
 |     When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape | 
 |     sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about | 
 |     :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the | 
 |     System Emulation Users Guide for more details. | 
 |  | 
 |     Note that some other command line options may implicitly create | 
 |     multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio`` | 
 |     creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and | 
 |     the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console | 
 |     and the monitor to stdio. | 
 |  | 
 |     There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other | 
 |     direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from | 
 |     multiple chardevs). | 
 |  | 
 |     Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the | 
 |     path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The | 
 |     ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated | 
 |     or appended to when opened. | 
 |  | 
 | The available backends are: | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev null,id=id`` | 
 |     A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any | 
 |     data it receives. The null backend does not take any options. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]`` | 
 |     Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix | 
 |     socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified. | 
 |     Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix | 
 |     socket. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client | 
 |     to connect to a listening socket. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret | 
 |     telnet escape sequences. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for | 
 |     communication. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server | 
 |     sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many | 
 |     seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting, | 
 |     and is the default. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for | 
 |     encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for | 
 |     the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the | 
 |     ``-object tls-creds`` argument. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object | 
 |     against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be | 
 |     validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be | 
 |     deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active. | 
 |     If missing, it will default to denying access. | 
 |  | 
 |     TCP and unix socket options are given below: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]`` | 
 |         ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to | 
 |         be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to | 
 |         connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not | 
 |         specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be | 
 |         bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote | 
 |         host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port | 
 |         number or a service name. ``port`` is required. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is | 
 |         specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to | 
 |         bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it | 
 |         succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 | 
 |         or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may | 
 |         use either protocol. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]`` | 
 |         ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path`` | 
 |         is required. | 
 |         ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace, | 
 |         rather than the filesystem.  Optional, defaults to false. | 
 |         ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum, | 
 |         rather than the full sun_path length.  Optional, defaults to true. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]`` | 
 |     Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified | 
 |     it defaults to ``localhost``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to. | 
 |     ``port`` is required. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not | 
 |     specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified | 
 |     any available local port will be used. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used. | 
 |     If neither is specified the device may use either protocol. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev msmouse,id=id`` | 
 |     Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse`` | 
 |     does not take any options. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]`` | 
 |     Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a | 
 |     specific size. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively | 
 |     of the console, in pixels. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a | 
 |     text console with the given dimensions. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]`` | 
 |     Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power | 
 |     of two and defaults to ``64K``. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-path]`` | 
 |     Log all traffic received from the guest to a file. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will | 
 |     be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does. | 
 |     ``path`` is required. | 
 |  | 
 |     If ``input-path`` is specified, this is the path of a second file | 
 |     which will be used for input. If ``input-path`` is not specified, | 
 |     no input will be available from the chardev. | 
 |  | 
 |     Note that ``input-path`` is not supported on Windows hosts. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path`` | 
 |     Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs | 
 |     slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts: | 
 |  | 
 |     On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at | 
 |     ``\\.pipe\path``. | 
 |  | 
 |     On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and | 
 |     ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the | 
 |     guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU | 
 |     will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is | 
 |     required. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev console,id=id`` | 
 |     Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console`` | 
 |     does not take any options. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path`` | 
 |     Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host. | 
 |  | 
 |     On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only | 
 |     serial lines. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev pty,id=id`` | 
 |     Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty`` | 
 |     does not take any options. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]`` | 
 |     Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that | 
 |     includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option | 
 |     is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev braille,id=id`` | 
 |     Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any | 
 |     options. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path`` | 
 |   \ | 
 |     ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD | 
 |     hosts. | 
 |  | 
 |     Connect to a local parallel port. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is | 
 |     required. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name`` | 
 |     ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc | 
 |  | 
 |     ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to | 
 |  | 
 |     Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name`` | 
 |     ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc | 
 |  | 
 |     ``name`` name of spice port to connect to | 
 |  | 
 |     Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the | 
 |     traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_TPM | 
 | DEFHEADING(TPM device options:) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \ | 
 |     "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n" | 
 |     "                use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n" | 
 |     "                use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n" | 
 |     "                not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n" | 
 |     "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n" | 
 |     "                configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | The general form of a TPM device option is: | 
 |  | 
 | ``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]`` | 
 |     The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The | 
 |     ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a | 
 |     ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model. | 
 |  | 
 |     Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types. | 
 |  | 
 | The available backends are: | 
 |  | 
 | ``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path`` | 
 |     (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the | 
 |     passthrough driver. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a | 
 |     Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by | 
 |     default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs | 
 |     entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command. | 
 |     ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the | 
 |     sysfs entry to use. | 
 |  | 
 |     Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver: | 
 |  | 
 |     The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used | 
 |     by any other application on the host. | 
 |  | 
 |     Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the | 
 |     TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize | 
 |     the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that | 
 |     would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the | 
 |     user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if | 
 |     TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will | 
 |     get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again | 
 |     afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to | 
 |     enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM | 
 |     is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail. | 
 |  | 
 |     To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0 | 
 |  | 
 |     Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by | 
 |     ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev`` | 
 |     (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain | 
 |     socket based chardev backend. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend | 
 |     that provides connection to the software TPM server. | 
 |  | 
 |     To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0 | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:) | 
 | SRST | 
 | There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU. | 
 |  | 
 |  - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel | 
 |  - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot | 
 |  - direct kernel image boot | 
 |  - manually load files into the guest's address space | 
 |  | 
 | The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is | 
 | no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the | 
 | hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact | 
 | configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob) | 
 | which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are | 
 | often hardware specific. | 
 |  | 
 | The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the | 
 | guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type | 
 | development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into | 
 | account. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 |  | 
 | For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally | 
 | do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the | 
 | more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the | 
 | flash device for the given machine type. | 
 |  | 
 | Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for | 
 | more detailed documentation. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \ | 
 |     "-bios file      set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-bios file`` | 
 |     Set the filename for the BIOS. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash, | 
 |     "-pflash file    use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-pflash file`` | 
 |     Use file as a parallel flash image. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 |  | 
 | The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although | 
 | other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel | 
 | executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually | 
 | architecture specific. | 
 |  | 
 | The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at, | 
 | what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state | 
 | of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture | 
 | specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the | 
 | Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \ | 
 |     "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-kernel bzImage`` | 
 |     Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel | 
 |     or in multiboot format. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \ | 
 |     "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-append cmdline`` | 
 |     Use cmdline as kernel command line | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \ | 
 |            "-initrd file    use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 |  | 
 | ``-initrd file`` | 
 |     Use file as initial ram disk. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"`` | 
 |     This syntax is only available with multiboot. | 
 |  | 
 |     Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass ``arg=foo`` as parameter to the | 
 |     first module. Commas can be provided in module parameters by doubling | 
 |     them on the command line to escape them: | 
 |  | 
 | ``-initrd "bzImage earlyprintk=xen,,keep root=/dev/xvda1,initrd.img"`` | 
 |     Multiboot only. Use bzImage as the first module with | 
 |     "``earlyprintk=xen,keep root=/dev/xvda1``" as its command line, | 
 |     and initrd.img as the second module. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \ | 
 |     "-dtb    file    use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-dtb file`` | 
 |     Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the | 
 |     kernel on boot. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 |  | 
 | Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address | 
 | space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already | 
 | know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane | 
 | will happen when the reset vector executes. | 
 |  | 
 | The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device: | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]`` | 
 |  | 
 | there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but | 
 | tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where | 
 | the guest image is: | 
 |  | 
 | ``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]`` | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat, | 
 |     "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n" | 
 |     "                Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n" | 
 |     "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n" | 
 |     "                Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]`` | 
 |     Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental): | 
 |  | 
 |     ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default) | 
 |         Accept deprecated commands and arguments | 
 |     ``deprecated-input=reject`` | 
 |         Reject deprecated commands and arguments | 
 |     ``deprecated-input=crash`` | 
 |         Crash on deprecated commands and arguments | 
 |     ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default) | 
 |         Emit deprecated command results and events | 
 |     ``deprecated-output=hide`` | 
 |         Suppress deprecated command results and events | 
 |  | 
 |     Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]`` | 
 |     Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental): | 
 |  | 
 |     ``unstable-input=accept`` (default) | 
 |         Accept unstable commands and arguments | 
 |     ``unstable-input=reject`` | 
 |         Reject unstable commands and arguments | 
 |     ``unstable-input=crash`` | 
 |         Crash on unstable commands and arguments | 
 |     ``unstable-output=accept`` (default) | 
 |         Emit unstable command results and events | 
 |     ``unstable-output=hide`` | 
 |         Suppress unstable command results and events | 
 |  | 
 |     Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg, | 
 |     "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n" | 
 |     "                add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n" | 
 |     "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n" | 
 |     "                add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file`` | 
 |     Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file. | 
 |     If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance, | 
 |     "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file"). | 
 |  | 
 | ``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str`` | 
 |     Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str. | 
 |     If the string contains comma, you must double it (for instance, | 
 |     "string=my,,string" to use file "my,string"). | 
 |  | 
 |     The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be | 
 |     included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with | 
 |     embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter. | 
 |  | 
 |     The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest. | 
 |  | 
 |     Example: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin | 
 |  | 
 |     creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents | 
 |     from ./my\_blob.bin. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \ | 
 |     "-serial dev     redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-serial dev`` | 
 |     Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The | 
 |     default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non | 
 |     graphical mode. | 
 |  | 
 |     This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial | 
 |     ports. | 
 |  | 
 |     Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports. | 
 |  | 
 |     Available character devices are: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``vc[:WxH]`` | 
 |         Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in | 
 |         pixel with | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             vc:800x600 | 
 |  | 
 |         It is also possible to specify width or height in characters: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             vc:80Cx24C | 
 |  | 
 |     ``pty`` | 
 |         [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated) | 
 |  | 
 |     ``none`` | 
 |         No device is allocated. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``null`` | 
 |         void device | 
 |  | 
 |     ``chardev:id`` | 
 |         Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev`` | 
 |         option. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``/dev/XXX`` | 
 |         [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial | 
 |         port parameters are set according to the emulated ones. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``/dev/parportN`` | 
 |         [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N. | 
 |         Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``file:filename`` | 
 |         Write output to filename. No character can be read. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``stdio`` | 
 |         [Unix only] standard input/output | 
 |  | 
 |     ``pipe:filename`` | 
 |         name pipe filename | 
 |  | 
 |     ``COMn`` | 
 |         [Windows only] Use host serial port n | 
 |  | 
 |     ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]`` | 
 |         This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip | 
 |         are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a | 
 |         specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen. | 
 |  | 
 |         If you just want a simple readonly console you can use | 
 |         ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with: | 
 |         ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time | 
 |         QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the | 
 |         netconsole session. | 
 |  | 
 |         If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want | 
 |         to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use | 
 |         the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial | 
 |         udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched | 
 |         version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and | 
 |         receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of | 
 |         netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char | 
 |         transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a | 
 |         netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the | 
 |         QEMU port. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``QEMU Options:`` | 
 |             -serial udp::4555@:4556 | 
 |  | 
 |         ``netcat options:`` | 
 |             -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T | 
 |  | 
 |         ``telnet options:`` | 
 |             localhost 5555 | 
 |  | 
 |     ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]`` | 
 |         The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the | 
 |         serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a | 
 |         location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the | 
 |         port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client | 
 |         socket application to connect to the port before continuing, | 
 |         unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off`` | 
 |         option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on`` | 
 |         option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes | 
 |         down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host | 
 |         is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a | 
 |         time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the | 
 |         corresponding character device. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444`` | 
 |             -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444 | 
 |  | 
 |         ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection`` | 
 |             -serial tcp::4444,server=on | 
 |  | 
 |         ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444`` | 
 |             -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off | 
 |  | 
 |     ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]`` | 
 |         The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The | 
 |         options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``. | 
 |         The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or | 
 |         client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you | 
 |         to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that | 
 |         supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet | 
 |         you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by | 
 |         pressing the enter key. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]`` | 
 |         The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The | 
 |         port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]`` | 
 |         A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option | 
 |         works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except | 
 |         the unix domain socket path is used for connections. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``mon:dev_string`` | 
 |         This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed | 
 |         onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key | 
 |         sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be | 
 |         any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to | 
 |         multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port | 
 |         4444 would be: | 
 |  | 
 |         ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off`` | 
 |  | 
 |         When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C | 
 |         will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest | 
 |         instead. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``braille`` | 
 |         Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille | 
 |         output on a real or fake device. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``msmouse`` | 
 |         Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft | 
 |         protocol. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \ | 
 |     "-parallel dev   redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-parallel dev`` | 
 |     Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices | 
 |     as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used | 
 |     to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel | 
 |     port. | 
 |  | 
 |     This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel | 
 |     ports. | 
 |  | 
 |     Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \ | 
 |     "-monitor dev    redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-monitor dev`` | 
 |     Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial | 
 |     port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` | 
 |     in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default | 
 |     monitor. | 
 | ERST | 
 | DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \ | 
 |     "-qmp dev        like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-qmp dev`` | 
 |     Like ``-monitor`` but opens in 'control' mode. For example, to make | 
 |     QMP available on localhost port 4444:: | 
 |  | 
 |         -qmp tcp:localhost:4444,server=on,wait=off | 
 |  | 
 |     Not all options are configurable via this syntax; for maximum | 
 |     flexibility use the ``-mon`` option and an accompanying ``-chardev``. | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 | DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \ | 
 |     "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-qmp-pretty dev`` | 
 |     Like ``-qmp`` but uses pretty JSON formatting. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \ | 
 |     "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]`` | 
 |     Set up a monitor connected to the chardev ``name``. | 
 |     QEMU supports two monitors: the Human Monitor Protocol | 
 |     (HMP; for human interaction), and the QEMU Monitor Protocol | 
 |     (QMP; a JSON RPC-style protocol). | 
 |     The default is HMP; ``mode=control`` selects QMP instead. | 
 |     ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``, | 
 |     turning on JSON pretty printing to ease | 
 |     human reading and debugging. | 
 |  | 
 |     For example:: | 
 |  | 
 |       -chardev socket,id=mon1,host=localhost,port=4444,server=on,wait=off \ | 
 |       -mon chardev=mon1,mode=control,pretty=on | 
 |  | 
 |     enables the QMP monitor on localhost port 4444 with pretty-printing. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \ | 
 |     "-debugcon dev   redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-debugcon dev`` | 
 |     Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the | 
 |     serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically | 
 |     port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The | 
 |     default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non | 
 |     graphical mode. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \ | 
 |     "-pidfile file   write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-pidfile file`` | 
 |     Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU | 
 |     from a script. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \ | 
 |     "--preconfig     pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``--preconfig`` | 
 |     Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is | 
 |     created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will | 
 |     affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to | 
 |     exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest | 
 |     if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This | 
 |     option is experimental. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \ | 
 |     "-S              freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-S`` | 
 |     Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit, | 
 |     "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n" | 
 |     "                run qemu with overcommit hints\n" | 
 |     "                mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n" | 
 |     "                cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off`` | 
 |     Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is | 
 |     to assume that host overcommits all resources. | 
 |  | 
 |     Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on`` | 
 |     (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not | 
 |     overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest. | 
 |  | 
 |     Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency | 
 |     for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for | 
 |     guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This | 
 |     works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host | 
 |     estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not | 
 |     taking into account guest idle time. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \ | 
 |     "-gdb dev        accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n" | 
 |     "                the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n" | 
 |     "                if you want it to not start execution.)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-gdb dev`` | 
 |     Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter | 
 |     in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU | 
 |     execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you | 
 |     connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to | 
 |     also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU. | 
 |  | 
 |     The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket:: | 
 |  | 
 |         -gdb tcp::3117 | 
 |  | 
 |     but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio | 
 |     are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection | 
 |     allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the | 
 |     connection via a pipe: | 
 |  | 
 |     .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |         (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ... | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \ | 
 |     "-s              shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-s`` | 
 |     Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234 | 
 |     (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \ | 
 |     "-d item1,...    enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-d item1[,...]`` | 
 |     Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log | 
 |     items. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \ | 
 |     "-D logfile      output log to logfile (default stderr)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-D logfile`` | 
 |     Output log in logfile instead of to stderr | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \ | 
 |     "-dfilter range,..  filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-dfilter range1[,...]`` | 
 |     Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses. | 
 |     The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end | 
 |     where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For | 
 |     example: | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |             -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000 | 
 |  | 
 |     Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at | 
 |     0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and | 
 |     another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \ | 
 |     "-seed number       seed the pseudo-random number generator\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-seed number`` | 
 |     Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number | 
 |     generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines | 
 |     within the host. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \ | 
 |     "-L path         set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-L  path`` | 
 |     Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps. | 
 |  | 
 |     To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \ | 
 |     "-enable-kvm     enable KVM full virtualization support\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC | | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-enable-kvm`` | 
 |     Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only | 
 |     available if KVM support is enabled when compiling. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid, | 
 |     "-xen-domid id   specify xen guest domain id\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
 | DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach, | 
 |     "-xen-attach     attach to existing xen domain\n" | 
 |     "                libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
 | DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict, | 
 |     "-xen-domid-restrict     restrict set of available xen operations\n" | 
 |     "                        to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n" | 
 |     "                        xenpv machine type).\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-xen-domid id`` | 
 |     Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only). | 
 |  | 
 | ``-xen-attach`` | 
 |     Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting | 
 |     QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to | 
 |     specified domain id (XEN only). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \ | 
 |     "-no-reboot      exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-no-reboot`` | 
 |     Exit instead of rebooting. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \ | 
 |     "-no-shutdown    stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-no-shutdown`` | 
 |     Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the | 
 |     emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit | 
 |     changes to the disk image. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action, | 
 |     "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n" | 
 |     "                   action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n" | 
 |     "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n" | 
 |     "                   action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n" | 
 |     "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n" | 
 |     "                   action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n" | 
 |     "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" | 
 |     "                   action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-action event=action`` | 
 |     The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when | 
 |     certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the | 
 |     same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown`` | 
 |     parameters. | 
 |  | 
 |     Examples: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-action panic=none`` | 
 |     ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause`` | 
 |     ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause`` | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \ | 
 |     "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \ | 
 |     "                start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-loadvm file`` | 
 |     Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor) | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef _WIN32 | 
 | DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \ | 
 |     "-daemonize      daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | #endif | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-daemonize`` | 
 |     Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not | 
 |     detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on | 
 |     any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external | 
 |     programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization | 
 |     race conditions. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \ | 
 |     "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-option-rom file`` | 
 |     Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to | 
 |     load things like EtherBoot. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \ | 
 |     "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \ | 
 |     "                set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 |  | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]`` | 
 |     Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at | 
 |     the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is | 
 |     required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a | 
 |     specific point in time, provide datetime in the format | 
 |     ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC. | 
 |  | 
 |     By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows | 
 |     using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest, | 
 |     specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate | 
 |     external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the | 
 |     guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead, | 
 |     which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even | 
 |     prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set | 
 |     ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is | 
 |     recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve | 
 |     determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the | 
 |     virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host | 
 |     clock. | 
 |  | 
 |     Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift | 
 |     problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try | 
 |     to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the | 
 |     Windows guest and will re-inject them. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \ | 
 |     "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \ | 
 |     "                enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \ | 
 |     "                instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \ | 
 |     "                or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \ | 
 |     "                record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]`` | 
 |     Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one | 
 |     instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified | 
 |     then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep | 
 |     virtual time within a few seconds of real time. | 
 |  | 
 |     Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does | 
 |     not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain | 
 |     superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The | 
 |     number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation | 
 |     with actual performance. | 
 |  | 
 |     When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at | 
 |     default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With | 
 |     ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer | 
 |     deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and | 
 |     will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives | 
 |     deterministic execution times from the guest point of view. | 
 |     The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``. | 
 |     ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto`` | 
 |     or ``align=on``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to | 
 |     synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to | 
 |     have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift | 
 |     option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if | 
 |     ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to | 
 |     inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when | 
 |     ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those | 
 |     shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock. | 
 |     Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high | 
 |     depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled | 
 |     is ``align=off``. | 
 |  | 
 |     When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is | 
 |     enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to | 
 |     specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written | 
 |     to this file, and in replay mode it is read back. | 
 |     If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot | 
 |     name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created | 
 |     at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option | 
 |     specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \ | 
 |     "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \ | 
 |     "                action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-watchdog-action action`` | 
 |     The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer | 
 |     expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest). | 
 |     Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully | 
 |     shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest), | 
 |     ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the | 
 |     guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none`` | 
 |     (do nothing). | 
 |  | 
 |     Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds | 
 |     to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of | 
 |     situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus | 
 |     ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use. | 
 |  | 
 |     Examples: | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause`` | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \ | 
 |     "-echr chr       set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-echr numeric_ascii_value`` | 
 |     Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when | 
 |     using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using | 
 |     the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing | 
 |     ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii | 
 |     control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z. | 
 |     For instance you could use the either of the following to change the | 
 |     escape character to Control-t. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20`` | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \ | 
 |     "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \ | 
 |     "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \ | 
 |     "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \ | 
 |     "                prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \ | 
 |     "                specified protocol and socket address\n" \ | 
 |     "-incoming fd:fd\n" \ | 
 |     "-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]\n" \ | 
 |     "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \ | 
 |     "                accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \ | 
 |     "                or from given external command\n" \ | 
 |     "-incoming defer\n" \ | 
 |     "                wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]`` | 
 |   \  | 
 | ``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]`` | 
 |     Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-incoming unix:socketpath`` | 
 |     Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-incoming fd:fd`` | 
 |     Accept incoming migration from a given file descriptor. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]`` | 
 |     Accept incoming migration from a given file starting at offset. | 
 |     offset allows the common size suffixes, or a 0x prefix, but not both. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-incoming exec:cmdline`` | 
 |     Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external | 
 |     command. | 
 |  | 
 | ``-incoming defer`` | 
 |     Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor | 
 |     can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior | 
 |     to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \ | 
 |     "-only-migratable     allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-only-migratable`` | 
 |     Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter | 
 |     an unmigratable state. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \ | 
 |     "-nodefaults     don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-nodefaults`` | 
 |     Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default | 
 |     devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor | 
 |     device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The | 
 |     ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef _WIN32 | 
 | DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \ | 
 |     "-runas user     change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \ | 
 |     "                user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | #endif | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-runas user`` | 
 |     Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges, | 
 |     switching to the specified user. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env, | 
 |     "-prom-env variable=value\n" | 
 |     "                set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-prom-env variable=value`` | 
 |     Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only). | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \ | 
 |          -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single' | 
 |  | 
 |     :: | 
 |  | 
 |         qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \ | 
 |          -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \ | 
 |          -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf' | 
 | ERST | 
 | DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting, | 
 |     "-semihosting    semihosting mode\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-semihosting`` | 
 |     Enable :ref:`Semihosting` mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only). | 
 |  | 
 |     .. warning:: | 
 |       Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so | 
 |       should only be used with a trusted guest OS. | 
 |  | 
 |     See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further | 
 |     information about the facilities this enables. | 
 | ERST | 
 | DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config, | 
 |     "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \ | 
 |     "                semihosting configuration\n", | 
 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | | 
 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]`` | 
 |     Enable and configure :ref:`Semihosting` (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V | 
 |     only). | 
 |  | 
 |     .. warning:: | 
 |       Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so | 
 |       should only be used with a trusted guest OS. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``target=native|gdb|auto`` | 
 |         Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU | 
 |         (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which | 
 |         means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``chardev=str1`` | 
 |         Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto | 
 |         output when not in gdb | 
 |  | 
 |     ``userspace=on|off`` | 
 |         Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting | 
 |         interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can | 
 |         make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should | 
 |         only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in | 
 |         bare-metal test case code). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...`` | 
 |         Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used | 
 |         multiple times to build up a list. The old-style | 
 |         ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is | 
 |         still supported for backward compatibility. If both the | 
 |         ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are | 
 |         specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always | 
 |         takes precedence. | 
 | ERST | 
 | DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param, | 
 |     "-old-param      old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-old-param`` | 
 |     Old param mode (ARM only). | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \ | 
 |     "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \ | 
 |     "          [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \ | 
 |     "                Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \ | 
 |     "                use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \ | 
 |     "                    by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \ | 
 |     "                    C library implementations.\n" \ | 
 |     "                use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \ | 
 |     "                    to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \ | 
 |     "                    The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \ | 
 |     "                    main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \ | 
 |     "                use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \ | 
 |     "                     blocking *fork and execve\n" \ | 
 |     "                use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]`` | 
 |     Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall | 
 |     filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``obsolete=string`` | 
 |         Enable Obsolete system calls | 
 |  | 
 |     ``elevateprivileges=string`` | 
 |         Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls | 
 |  | 
 |     ``spawn=string`` | 
 |         Disable \*fork and execve | 
 |  | 
 |     ``resourcecontrol=string`` | 
 |         Disable process affinity and schedular priority | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig, | 
 |     "-readconfig <file>\n" | 
 |     "                read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-readconfig file`` | 
 |     Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when | 
 |     you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but | 
 |     you don't want to exceed the command line character limit. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig, | 
 |     "-no-user-config\n" | 
 |     "                do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-no-user-config`` | 
 |     The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the | 
 |     user-provided config files on sysconfdir. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace, | 
 |     "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n" | 
 |     "                specify tracing options\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]`` | 
 |   .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc | 
 |  | 
 | ERST | 
 | DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin, | 
 |     "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n" | 
 |     "                load a plugin\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]`` | 
 |     Load a plugin. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``file=file`` | 
 |         Load the given plugin from a shared library file. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``argname=argvalue`` | 
 |         Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.) | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | HXCOMM Internal use | 
 | DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef CONFIG_POSIX | 
 | DEF("run-with", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_run_with, | 
 |     "-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir]\n" | 
 |     "                Set miscellaneous QEMU process lifecycle options:\n" | 
 |     "                async-teardown=on enables asynchronous teardown (Linux only)\n" | 
 |     "                chroot=dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir]`` | 
 |     Set QEMU process lifecycle options. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``async-teardown=on`` enables asynchronous teardown. A new process called | 
 |     "cleanup/<QEMU_PID>" will be created at startup sharing the address | 
 |     space with the main QEMU process, using clone. It will wait for the | 
 |     main QEMU process to terminate completely, and then exit. This allows | 
 |     QEMU to terminate very quickly even if the guest was huge, leaving the | 
 |     teardown of the address space to the cleanup process. Since the cleanup | 
 |     process shares the same cgroups as the main QEMU process, accounting is | 
 |     performed correctly. This only works if the cleanup process is not | 
 |     forcefully killed with SIGKILL before the main QEMU process has | 
 |     terminated completely. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``chroot=dir`` can be used for doing a chroot to the specified directory | 
 |     immediately before starting the guest execution. This is especially useful | 
 |     in combination with -runas. | 
 | ERST | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg, | 
 |     "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n" | 
 |     "                control error message format\n" | 
 |     "                timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n" | 
 |     "                guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n" | 
 |     "                              -name guest option is set (default: off)\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]`` | 
 |     Control error message format. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``timestamp=on|off`` | 
 |         Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``guest-name=on|off`` | 
 |         Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set | 
 |         otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate, | 
 |     "-dump-vmstate <file>\n" | 
 |     "                Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n" | 
 |     "                Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n" | 
 |     "                check for possible regressions in migration code\n" | 
 |     "                by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-dump-vmstate file`` | 
 |     Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to | 
 |     file in file | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile, | 
 |     "-enable-sync-profile\n" | 
 |     "                enable synchronization profiling\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-enable-sync-profile`` | 
 |     Enable synchronization profiling. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(CONFIG_TCG) && defined(CONFIG_LINUX) | 
 | DEF("perfmap", 0, QEMU_OPTION_perfmap, | 
 |     "-perfmap        generate a /tmp/perf-${pid}.map file for perf\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-perfmap`` | 
 |     Generate a map file for Linux perf tools that will allow basic profiling | 
 |     information to be broken down into basic blocks. | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("jitdump", 0, QEMU_OPTION_jitdump, | 
 |     "-jitdump        generate a jit-${pid}.dump file for perf\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-jitdump`` | 
 |     Generate a dump file for Linux perf tools that maps basic blocks to symbol | 
 |     names, line numbers and JITted code. | 
 | ERST | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING() | 
 |  | 
 | DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:) | 
 |  | 
 | DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object, | 
 |     "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n" | 
 |     "                create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n" | 
 |     "                in the order they are specified.  Note that the 'id'\n" | 
 |     "                property must be set.  These objects are placed in the\n" | 
 |     "                '/objects' path.\n", | 
 |     QEMU_ARCH_ALL) | 
 | SRST | 
 | ``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]`` | 
 |     Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order | 
 |     they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These | 
 |     objects are placed in the '/objects' path. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,offset=offset,readonly=on|off,rom=on|off|auto`` | 
 |         Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back | 
 |         the guest RAM with huge pages. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to | 
 |         reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``, | 
 |         ``-device nvdimm``, etc. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and | 
 |         accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or | 
 |         huge page filesystem mount. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory | 
 |         region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter | 
 |         allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory | 
 |         region. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to | 
 |         limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux. | 
 |  | 
 |         Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA | 
 |         bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see | 
 |         Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel | 
 |         source tree for additional details. | 
 |  | 
 |         Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that | 
 |         file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid | 
 |         unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that | 
 |         ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not | 
 |         discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated | 
 |         using SIGKILL. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as | 
 |         MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider | 
 |         the pages for memory deduplication. | 
 |  | 
 |         Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory | 
 |         from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of | 
 |         NUMA host nodes. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the | 
 |         following values: | 
 |  | 
 |         ``default`` | 
 |             default host policy | 
 |  | 
 |         ``preferred`` | 
 |             prefer the given host node list for allocation | 
 |  | 
 |         ``bind`` | 
 |             restrict memory allocation to the given host node list | 
 |  | 
 |         ``interleave`` | 
 |             interleave memory allocations across the given host node | 
 |             list | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when | 
 |         QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg | 
 |         ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an | 
 |         alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the | 
 |         device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In | 
 |         such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this | 
 |         option. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``offset`` option specifies the offset into the target file | 
 |         that the region starts at. You can use this parameter to back | 
 |         multiple regions with a single file. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified | 
 |         by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be | 
 |         accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel | 
 |         NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary | 
 |         operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to | 
 |         ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live | 
 |         migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC | 
 |         flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for | 
 |         ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC | 
 |         requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel | 
 |         4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX | 
 |         option. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened | 
 |         read-only or read-write (default). | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``rom`` option specifies whether to create Read Only Memory | 
 |         (ROM) that cannot be modified by the VM. Any write attempts to such | 
 |         ROM will be denied. Most use cases want proper RAM instead of ROM. | 
 |         However, selected use cases, like R/O NVDIMMs, can benefit from | 
 |         ROM. If set to ``on``, create ROM; if set to ``off``, create | 
 |         writable RAM; if set to ``auto`` (default), the value of the | 
 |         ``readonly`` option is used. This option is primarily helpful when | 
 |         we want to have writable RAM in configurations that would | 
 |         traditionally create ROM before the ``rom`` option was introduced: | 
 |         VM templating, where we want to open a file readonly | 
 |         (``readonly=on``) and mark the memory to be private for QEMU | 
 |         (``share=off``). For this use case, we need writable RAM instead | 
 |         of ROM, and want to also set ``rom=off``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave`` | 
 |         Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the | 
 |         guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the | 
 |         ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM. | 
 |         Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the | 
 |         options. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size`` | 
 |         Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows | 
 |         QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when | 
 |         using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and | 
 |         optional sealing. (Linux only) | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block | 
 |         further resizing the memory ('on' by default). | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in | 
 |         the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction | 
 |         with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify | 
 |         the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb | 
 |         page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the | 
 |         system). | 
 |  | 
 |         In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is | 
 |         incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux | 
 |         4.16). | 
 |  | 
 |         Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the | 
 |         other options. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object iommufd,id=id[,fd=fd]`` | 
 |         Creates an iommufd backend which allows control of DMA mapping | 
 |         through the ``/dev/iommu`` device. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends (such as | 
 |         vfio-pci of vdpa) will use to connect with the iommufd backend. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``fd`` parameter is an optional pre-opened file descriptor | 
 |         resulting from ``/dev/iommu`` opening. Usually the iommufd is shared | 
 |         across all subsystems, bringing the benefit of centralized | 
 |         reference counting. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object rng-builtin,id=id`` | 
 |         Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy | 
 |         from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID | 
 |         that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the | 
 |         ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device | 
 |         uses this RNG backend. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random`` | 
 |         Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy | 
 |         from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID | 
 |         that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the | 
 |         ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies | 
 |         which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to | 
 |         ``/dev/urandom``. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid`` | 
 |         Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy | 
 |         from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id`` | 
 |         parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this | 
 |         entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev`` | 
 |         parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that | 
 |         provides the connection to the RNG daemon. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off`` | 
 |         Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to | 
 |         provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is | 
 |         a unique ID which network backends will use to access the | 
 |         credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client`` | 
 |         depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the | 
 |         credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If | 
 |         ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake | 
 |         is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this | 
 |         is a no-op for anonymous credentials. | 
 |  | 
 |         The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files. | 
 |         For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file | 
 |         dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the | 
 |         TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of | 
 |         DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive | 
 |         operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is | 
 |         recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated | 
 |         upfront and saved. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]`` | 
 |         Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which | 
 |         can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The | 
 |         ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use | 
 |         to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` | 
 |         or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that | 
 |         uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. | 
 |         For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be | 
 |         sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu". | 
 |  | 
 |         The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is | 
 |         called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This | 
 |         file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool`` | 
 |         program. | 
 |  | 
 |         For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem | 
 |         providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server. | 
 |         If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH | 
 |         parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive | 
 |         operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is | 
 |         recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up | 
 |         front and saved. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id`` | 
 |         Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to | 
 |         provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is | 
 |         a unique ID which network backends will use to access the | 
 |         credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client`` | 
 |         depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the | 
 |         credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If | 
 |         ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake | 
 |         is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509 | 
 |         certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided | 
 |         with valid client certificates too. | 
 |  | 
 |         The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files. | 
 |         For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file | 
 |         dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the | 
 |         TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of | 
 |         DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive | 
 |         operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is | 
 |         recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated | 
 |         upfront and saved. | 
 |  | 
 |         For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain | 
 |         further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates | 
 |         must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem, | 
 |         ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers), | 
 |         server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients), | 
 |         and client-key.pem (only clients). | 
 |  | 
 |         For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain | 
 |         sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted | 
 |         version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the | 
 |         ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the | 
 |         password for decryption. | 
 |  | 
 |         The priority parameter allows to override the global default | 
 |         priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system | 
 |         administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for | 
 |         QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all | 
 |         applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger | 
 |         default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do | 
 |         this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority | 
 |         string as described at | 
 |         https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority`` | 
 |         Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control | 
 |         the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted | 
 |         to use. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to | 
 |         access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the | 
 |         host. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default | 
 |         priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system | 
 |         administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for | 
 |         QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all | 
 |         applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger | 
 |         default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do | 
 |         this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority | 
 |         string as described at | 
 |         https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html. | 
 |  | 
 |         An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot. | 
 |         The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted | 
 |         TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via | 
 |         fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER | 
 |         objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring | 
 |         guest-side TLS. | 
 |  | 
 |         In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy | 
 |         is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property. | 
 |         Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to | 
 |         refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config. | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |                  -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\ | 
 |                  -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0 | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
 |         Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery: | 
 |         all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are | 
 |         delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in | 
 |         microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the | 
 |         netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status | 
 |         for netfilter will be 'on'. | 
 |  | 
 |         queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any | 
 |         netfilter. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the | 
 |         transmit queue of the netdev (default). | 
 |  | 
 |         ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the | 
 |         netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the | 
 |         netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev. | 
 |  | 
 |         position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the | 
 |         filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied | 
 |         to any netfilter. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list, | 
 |         before any existing filters. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list, | 
 |         behind any existing filters (default). | 
 |  | 
 |         ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter | 
 |         specified by <id>, see the insert option below. | 
 |  | 
 |         insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert | 
 |         the new filter relative to the one specified with | 
 |         position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``before``: insert before the specified filter. | 
 |  | 
 |         ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default). | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
 |         filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to | 
 |         chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, | 
 |         filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
 |         filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net | 
 |         packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to | 
 |         filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector | 
 |         will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a | 
 |         filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id | 
 |         can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at | 
 |         least one of indev or outdev need to be specified. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
 |         Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp | 
 |         packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp | 
 |         connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make | 
 |         tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the | 
 |         vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header. | 
 |  | 
 |         usage: colo secondary: -object | 
 |         filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object | 
 |         filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object | 
 |         filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` | 
 |         Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by | 
 |         filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are | 
 |         stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with | 
 |         tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]`` | 
 |         Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and | 
 |         secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet | 
 |         and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output | 
 |         primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do | 
 |         checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to | 
 |         improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in | 
 |         another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, | 
 |         colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. | 
 |         The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the | 
 |         colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms} | 
 |         is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets. | 
 |         The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue | 
 |         size depend on user environment. | 
 |         If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to | 
 |         notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint. | 
 |  | 
 |         COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror, | 
 |         filter-redirector and filter-rewriter. | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             KVM COLO | 
 |  | 
 |             primary: | 
 |             -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off | 
 |             -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005 | 
 |             -object iothread,id=iothread1 | 
 |             -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0 | 
 |             -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out | 
 |             -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0 | 
 |             -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1 | 
 |  | 
 |             secondary: | 
 |             -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off | 
 |             -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004 | 
 |             -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 | 
 |             -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |             Xen COLO | 
 |  | 
 |             primary: | 
 |             -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off | 
 |             -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off | 
 |             -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0 | 
 |             -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out | 
 |             -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0 | 
 |             -object iothread,id=iothread1 | 
 |             -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1 | 
 |  | 
 |             secondary: | 
 |             -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off | 
 |             -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003 | 
 |             -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004 | 
 |             -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 | 
 |             -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 | 
 |  | 
 |         If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can | 
 |         read the colo-compare git log. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]`` | 
 |         Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto operations from | 
 |         the QEMU cipher APIs. The id parameter is a unique ID that will | 
 |         be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the | 
 |         ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional, | 
 |         which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default | 
 |         of queues is 1. | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |                [...] \\ | 
 |                    -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\ | 
 |                    -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\ | 
 |                [...] | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]`` | 
 |         Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev | 
 |         chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to | 
 |         reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto`` | 
 |         device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one. | 
 |         The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass | 
 |         vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other | 
 |         end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which | 
 |         specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue | 
 |         vhost-user, the default of queues is 1. | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |                [...] \\ | 
 |                    -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\ | 
 |                    -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\ | 
 |                    -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\ | 
 |                [...] | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]`` | 
 |       \  | 
 |     ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]`` | 
 |         Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some | 
 |         other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed | 
 |         directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file | 
 |         parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the | 
 |         sensitive data is encrypted. | 
 |  | 
 |         The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default), | 
 |         or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports | 
 |         valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending | 
 |         binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is | 
 |         provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password | 
 |         can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64 | 
 |         encoded when passed onto the RBD sever. | 
 |  | 
 |         For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data | 
 |         associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of | 
 |         encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv | 
 |         parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously | 
 |         defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This | 
 |         key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv | 
 |         parameter provides the random initialization vector used for | 
 |         encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64 | 
 |         encrypted string of the 16-byte IV. | 
 |  | 
 |         The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw | 
 |  | 
 |         The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file | 
 |  | 
 |         # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object | 
 |         secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw | 
 |  | 
 |         For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate | 
 |         usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt | 
 |         the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be | 
 |         padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard | 
 |         PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm. | 
 |  | 
 |         First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |              # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64 | 
 |              # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump  -v -e '/1 "%02X"') | 
 |  | 
 |         Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random | 
 |         initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept | 
 |         secret | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |              # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64 | 
 |              # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump  -v -e '/1 "%02X"') | 
 |  | 
 |         The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case | 
 |         we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could | 
 |         be left as raw bytes if desired. | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |              # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" | | 
 |                         openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV) | 
 |  | 
 |         When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to | 
 |         ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user | 
 |         password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |                  -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\ | 
 |                  -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\ | 
 |                      data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64) | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]`` | 
 |         Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object, | 
 |         which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support | 
 |         on AMD processors. | 
 |  | 
 |         When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address | 
 |         bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is | 
 |         protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit | 
 |         position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user | 
 |         must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47. | 
 |  | 
 |         When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in | 
 |         physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to | 
 |         provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space. | 
 |         Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC, | 
 |         a guest will lose a maximum of 1 bit, so the value should be 1. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for | 
 |         communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure | 
 |         Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware | 
 |         supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by | 
 |         CCP driver. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the | 
 |         SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational | 
 |         commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The | 
 |         policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the | 
 |         guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the | 
 |         guest. The default is 0. | 
 |  | 
 |         If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV | 
 |         guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest | 
 |         from which to share the key. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest | 
 |         owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH | 
 |         and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic | 
 |         session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for | 
 |         attestation. The file must be encoded in base64. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/ | 
 |         cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux | 
 |         boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2) | 
 |  | 
 |         e.g to launch a SEV guest | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system_x86| \\ | 
 |                  ...... \\ | 
 |                  -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=1 \\ | 
 |                  -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\ | 
 |                  ..... | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string`` | 
 |         Create an authorization object that will control access to | 
 |         network services. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format | 
 |         depends on the network service that authorization object is | 
 |         associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, | 
 |         the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care | 
 |         must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name. | 
 |  | 
 |         An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished | 
 |         name would look like: | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |                  ... \\ | 
 |                  -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\ | 
 |                  ... | 
 |  | 
 |         Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name | 
 |         containing whitespace, and escaping of ','. | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off`` | 
 |         Create an authorization object that will control access to | 
 |         network services. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file | 
 |         containing the access control list rules in JSON format. | 
 |  | 
 |         An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might | 
 |         look like: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |               { | 
 |                 "rules": [ | 
 |                    { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, | 
 |                    { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, | 
 |                    { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" }, | 
 |                    { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, | 
 |                 ], | 
 |                 "policy": "deny" | 
 |               } | 
 |  | 
 |         When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules | 
 |         and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value | 
 |         returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default | 
 |         ``policy`` value is returned. | 
 |  | 
 |         The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use | 
 |         the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be | 
 |         used. | 
 |  | 
 |         If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and | 
 |         automatically reloaded whenever its content changes. | 
 |  | 
 |         As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity | 
 |         strings being matched depends on the network service, but is | 
 |         usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username. | 
 |  | 
 |         An example authorization object to validate a SASL username | 
 |         would look like: | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |                  ... \\ | 
 |                  -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\ | 
 |                  ... | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string`` | 
 |         Create an authorization object that will control access to | 
 |         network services. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to | 
 |         use for authorization. It requires that a file | 
 |         ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for | 
 |         the ``account`` subsystem. | 
 |  | 
 |         An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509 | 
 |         distinguished name would look like: | 
 |  | 
 |         .. parsed-literal:: | 
 |  | 
 |              # |qemu_system| \\ | 
 |                  ... \\ | 
 |                  -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\ | 
 |                  ... | 
 |  | 
 |         There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at | 
 |         ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains: | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             account requisite  pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \ | 
 |                        file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow | 
 |  | 
 |         Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list | 
 |         of x509 distinguished names that are permitted access | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB | 
 |  | 
 |     ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch`` | 
 |         Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be | 
 |         assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device | 
 |         emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread. | 
 |         This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device | 
 |         emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to | 
 |         reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``. | 
 |         Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not | 
 |         all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports | 
 |         their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU | 
 |         pinning/affinity. | 
 |  | 
 |         IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop | 
 |         latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor | 
 |         file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an | 
 |         event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for | 
 |         a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable | 
 |         for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the | 
 |         workload and/or host device latency. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of | 
 |         nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by | 
 |         setting this value to 0. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase | 
 |         the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events | 
 |         due to not polling long enough. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease | 
 |         the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too | 
 |         long polling without encountering events. | 
 |  | 
 |         The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests | 
 |         in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use | 
 |         its default. | 
 |  | 
 |         The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the | 
 |         ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's | 
 |         ``id``): | 
 |  | 
 |         :: | 
 |  | 
 |             (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000 | 
 | ERST | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line! | 
 |  | 
 | #undef DEF | 
 | #undef DEFHEADING | 
 | #undef ARCHHEADING |